Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Messages - Kristopher Ryans

Pages: 1 2 3 [4] 5
61
 Grand Princess Cruise Ship
9:12 pm PDT
5 July 2017
OFF-CAMERA



Kris Halich is being ushered down one of the long hallways inside the Grand Princess Cruise Ship. Kali Fox is at his side, staring down at her watch every few steps as if somehow she had lost track of the time since she last looked. It was his fault though. They were late. At this point, by twelve minutes. Granted, that was not entirely his fault. They had seemed to be losing track of a lot of time in the last few days.

Kris: Why are you so worried about this? It’s just Stoner. I don’t think he cares when we show up.

She does not stop, just shoots him a glance over her shoulder that is a lot like the one she wore on her face the first time they met. At least when it came to being punctual, she was just as bad as the guy he left running Jet City while he was away. Being on time was never Kris’ thing. You cannot make a grand entrance when you show up with everyone else.

Kali: I’m not just here for fun. I do have to actually do my job too. Part of that is getting you where you need to be, when you need to be there.

Kris shrugs, a smile widening across his face.

Kris: You know, it’s not just my fault we were late. You take a lot of time to get ready.

This does stop her in her tracks. She turns, offense written all over her face.

Kali: If I wouldn’t have had to get dressed and ready on two separate occasions, we would have been here on time.

Again Kris shrugs, not at all swayed in his attitude. He even choose to lay it on thicker.

Kris: It takes two. You are going to have to find the willpower to just say no.

She looks back over her shoulder in the way that they were heading, seeing the signs taped to the wall where the Sirius Satellite Radio hub had been set up to broadcast live interviews. She takes a step forward to him, straightening his shirt and fixing his hair to look less frazzled.

Kali: If you don’t get your shit together, I’m not going to be able to stay around to say yes OR no once we get off this boat.

Finishing his hair she lightly taps his cheek twice with the pads of her fingertips.

Kali: Get it together. They are going to ask a lot of questions. Probably take a picture or two. That’s it. This is easy. These have to go though...

She reaches out and pulls the sunglasses off his face. His eyes are bloodshot, but not too bad. His drinking was way out of ordinary, but was definitely taking a noticeable toll on his appearance. She deposits the sunglasses into her bag, and digs around inside of it, coming out with a bottle of eye drops. She hands them to him, and he immediately screws off the cap, tilts his head back, and puts a few drops in each.

Kris: They are going to be more concerned about me, Heather, you, and that picture that Cass somehow got a hold of than they are my match.

He hands her back the bottle and cap separately, blinking his eyes a few times. He wipes away the excess from around his eye before it can run down his cheek like a tear. Kali sighs as she screws the cap back onto the bottle and tosses it absent-mindedly back into the bag.

Kali: That’s what you are going to have me in there for. If they get too personal, I will intervene. It’s part of my job….

She narrows her eyes on him, her lips pressing into a thin line instead of the smile he had gotten so used to seeing.

Kali: You are capable of letting me do my job, right?

He does not want to. Every fiber of his being fights him being obedient in any way. What he really wanted was to bail, put his sunglasses back on, grab a drink, and go back to his room. However, reluctantly, he nods.

Kris: Let’s just get this out of the way. Fifteen minutes. That’s all I am doing.

He was supposed to sit in a lot longer than that, but getting him to agree to that much was victory enough for her. She looks down at her wrist, nods, and turns back towards the door.

Kali: I will cut them off.

Satisfied, he nods, and she reaches out her hand to him. He takes it, but instead of letting her lead him towards the door, he pulls her back to him, kissing her lightly. She does not fight it at first, but when their lips break she smacks his chest lightly.

Kali: Be professional for once!

The outrage was entirely fake, but she reaches up to his lips, brushing a small spot of lipstick from it. He catches her hand, and rolls his shoulders.

Kris: At least there were no cameras this time.

She wants to be mad, but has to smile at the comment. She leads him to the door, their hands separating as they step through.



===================
===================




Grand Princess Cruise Ship
9:20pm PDT
6 July 2017
ON-CAMERA




The show is already in progress as they step through the door of the small radio hub. “Stoner” Scott Oliver, with a cloud around his head, despite the open window next to him, seems overjoyed to see them.

Stoner:
And just when we were about to give up hope, the SCW Roulette Champion steps into the hot seat accompanied by whoever this gorgeous young woman is next to him.
>Stoner was already broadcasting live, speaking more into the microphone in front of him than he was the either of the two of them. Kali sits down, pulling one of the headsets onto her head. One of the crew members hands one to Kris, but in his state he struggles with it. Trying to by him some time, Kali responds for him.

Kali:
Oh please, Scott. By this point everyone is familiar with me. My face was all over Twitter. This is the first interview that I have gotten to sit in on, so for the sake of any listeners not on social media, my name is Kali Fox. I am just filling in for Kirsten Reynolds as Kris’ Brand Manager until she gives birth.


Kris flips around the microphone and places the headset over his left ear, leaving it off of the right. Stoner ignores him for the moment, transfixed on the woman Kris had brought with him.

Stoner:
Speaking of that Baumer Report, do either of you have any comment on that?


Kris finally gets positioned, looking over at Stoner for the first time, but not having any clue what he just asked. He struggles to think of a response that would work for any situation, but Kali cuts him off and saves him from making a fool of himself.

Kali:
I thought this was supposed to be an interview about the upcoming show, not a probe into Kris’ personal life.


Stoner holds up his hands, pleading innocence for himself.

Stoner:
Kris is a good guy. A friend even. I just ask the questions that I am given. Social media has been on fire wanting the details between you two. Plus, there are rumors swirling that Kris may have been having marital problems before the report of that backstage kiss even went out. What better place to answer the questions than right here, among friends?


At this point, Kris has no other option but to intervene. He looks back and forth between Stoner and Kali, knowing that the topic was not going to be going away unless he said something on the matter. Even worse, he had made her a promise that if people gave her shit, he would step in and defend her.

Kris:
We knew that the cameras were there. I kissed her. She just didn’t fight it or anything. Heather knew about it before it happened. I promise you, Kali is not an sticking point between us. It was actually Heather’s sister Violet Ripley that hired Kali to fill in for Kirsten. Does that sound like someone that would hire some kind of homewrecker? Come on Stoner, you know me. I was honestly surprised that it got as much attention as it did. I was a lot more focused on my wife singing the national anthem in front of a few thousand people and getting a larger, and longer standing ovation afterwards than the majority of this roster is going to get if they win their matches on Sunday. I didn’t have time to pay attention to all of the comments, but I guess I should thank everyone for paying so much attention to me.


Kris winks at Scott, smiling widely almost identical to the GIF that all of his followers see at least once on a daily basis.

Stoner:
Kris Halc pulling a publicity stunt to see who is paying attention? I never thought I would see the day. All to be able to sneak in a plug for your wife too. Word has it a few record labels have come calling after that performance. Are we going to be hearing more from her soon?


Kali opens her mouth to field the question and attempt to steer it back towards the topics that they actually came to discuss, but Kris holds out his arm to her, shaking his head before she can answer for him. She mouths ‘are you sure?’ to him without making any audible sounds that the microphones could broadcast to the world, and he nods.

Kris:
I talked to Heather the night she did the performance and again this morning. She was excited to say the least. I don’t know any of the details being that I am on a cruise ship in the middle of nowhere, but there have been some calls. I’m happy for her. I really am. I think she is going to like what the pitch that they are going to make. You might be seeing some of her music before you know it. Or at least I hope so.


Scott looks down at the paper in front of him, drawing lines through some of the things he needed to make sure to hit on once the champion was in front of him. Once he gets to a new one, he looks up to Kris.

Stoner:
Another rumor has it that you are going to be pretty heavily featured on any album that she does put out. Given that maybe things aren’t meshing between the two of you as well as they once were, is that still going to happen?


It was a redirect that Kris had not seen coming, followed with a jab at something he thought that he had already successfully answered and sealed with his wink. This time he cannot stop Kali from cutting in.

Kali:
To my knowledge, a lot of the music for the album has already been recorded, several dozen times even. That was on social media before the cruise even set sail. Why are you asking questions you already know the answer to? Especially if it is just a thinly veiled way of asking about rumored marital problems.


Stoner sits back in his chair, his eyes wide, despite how bloodshot they were. It appeared her words cut right through the fog and had him rattled. He reaches down, grabbing the sheet of paper, and holding it up to her.

Stoner:
Don’t shoot the messenger here. I am just asking the questions on the sheet.


Kali stands from her chair, and reaches out for the sheet, careful not to pull the cord attached to her headset away from where it was plugged in. Without objection, probably at least a little intimidated by how her mood changed so quickly, he hands it over. She starts to read down the list, grabbing a pen off of the desk and marking through a few of the questions. The listeners sit through the awkward silence, not really knowing what is happening. The microphone picks up the ruffling of papers when she hands him the list back and gestures for him to continue, taking her seat.

Stoner:
Let’s look and see what we have here….


Stoner looks through the questions, finding that all of them of a personal nature had been scribbled through. Kali checks her watch as Stoner looks back up to him and holds up three fingers to him, indicating they had time for him to pick three questions before she was terminating the interview. He nods, apparently understanding her and picking one off of the list.

Stoner:
Switching gears a little bit, last week, that second promo that you recorded was a little hostile. It was a side of you that we haven’t really gotten to see until lately. Notably, you shooed me away, threw my microphone overboard, and then went on a pretty vicious rant that ended after calling Ryan Keys a failure. Given that you two have been pretty cordial, what was that all about?


It was yet another question that Kris thought that he had already successfully answered. However, it was at least on the right path. It was only partially about his personal life and the problems he had been showing lately.

Kris:
I was a little heated, admittedly. It was a nightmare getting the show set up, and getting the audio right, and doing it on a cruise ship that wasn’t supposed to have people on it. As it turned out, our equipment didn’t even record anything, so the hundred or so fans that got to come were the only ones that are ever going to get to see it. I had just been given that information, and the live crowd was a little more animated than we expected, so when I saw the camera I just kind of burst. I already publicly apologized to Ryan Keys. I told him what happened. He seemed to accept the apology so I think we are good. I was out of line. Ryan is a hell of a guy, and a hell of a competitor. I respect him more than I do the majority of the roster.


Kris looks back and forth between Stoner and Kali who both offer him a smile and a nod. Stoner moves down his list, but panics when he sees that the follow-up to that questions has been marked through for being too personal. He looks up at Kali, who just shrugs at him, holding up two fingers. He searches the list, not finding anything that he can connect back to what Kris’ answer was, and simply wads up the paper and tosses it out the open window.

Stoner:
Speaking of people you don’t respect, the third man in your match-up on Sunday is Travis Nathaniel Andrews. He seems like a guy that doesn’t know when to shut up, as you have put it yourself. Are you looking forward to finally being allowed to step into the ring with him?


This was more the kind of question that Kris came to talk about. The smile reappears on his face.

Kris:
Travis Nathaniel Andrews has been talking about me and my championship since before I even won it. And you know what I have been saying in return?


Neither of the two of them answer, knowing the question to be more rhetorical than anything. Kris pauses for just a second, and answers them anyways.

Kris:
I’ve been telling him to step up. He said he was going to take out whoever emerged from Into The Void as champion even before the Roulette Championship match was booked. I told him if he wanted to take a shot after I won it, then take a shot. I got no response. Then he did his little bullshit open challenge. I accepted it, but guess what? He skirted me again. Back on my birthday I was all set to book a match, and even give him a shot at this title, but for some reason Mark and Christian were convinced that it shouldn’t happen. So TNA kept running his mouth, and running his mouth, the whole time knowing that I couldn’t do anything to stop him unless he got in a ring. But what happened when this match got announced Stoner?


Scott shrugs his shoulders, not exactly knowing what answer Kris was searching for and not wanting to interrupt the roll he was on if he did not actually require an answer. However, the pause goes on a little longer and Scott is forced to take a stab at it.

Stoner:
Well he seems to have gone quiet as of late.


Kris snaps his fingers, points at Stoner and then slaps his hand down on the desk, nodding the whole time.

Kris:
Exactly. He begged, and he pleaded for a title shot. He talked so much shit week after week. Then he is put in a match with me, and he ghosts out on everyone. You know what that tells me? Travis Andrews is a bitch. I might be the kind of person that calls out everyone, but you better believe when a challenge is made I step up and take it. You better believe if someone if someone threw up a promo saying that I was a failure that didn’t deserve a spot on this card, that I would have been right there to defend myself. There would have been promos, tweets, interviews about it, and punchlines made on my show. But Travis Andrews is no Kris Halc. He is a talker. That’s it. He has been quiet lately because he knows there is no backing out now and as soon as this match starts he is getting his ass beaten. Who knows? If you all are lucky maybe you’ll get to watch me throw his ass overboard after it’s all said and done.


Kris’ answer is everything that Scott could have hoped for, and almost perfectly sets up his closing question as well.

Stoner:
If you win this weekend, your title reign continues, and you have famously made comments about exactly how long you intend to hold the SCW Roulette Championship for. How many days are you at now? Where’s the cutoff?


Kris looks down for a second, doing some math in his head.

Kris:
I am not 100% sure, but I think today marks day fifty-three. The goal in winning this championship was always to break the record. That fact that I even wanted to challenge for the Roulette Championship caught a lot of people by surprise because it is looked down on. Even J2H talks about having held it back before his name really even meant anything. For me, holding this title was about righting a wrong. I had two opportunities to take it away from Equinox and failed both times. He went on to set the record that I’m going to break sometime in October. I figured if I couldn’t beat him, at least I could beat that record and sleep a little easier at night.


The three of them laugh. Kris and Kali do so to cover the problems that Kris has been having while Stoner fails to grasp how true the tail end of it really is. He tries to respond with another question, but Kali shakes her head, circling her index finger in the air and telling him that it was time to wrap up.

Stoner:
Well, I am pretty sure that the majority of us are going to be cheering you on as you near the record. I’m being told we have to cut away for some promotional things. When we get back maybe we will see who else we can rope in. We owe a huge thank you to Kris Halc and Kali Fox for stopping by, and we will see them at Summer XXXtreme!


Kali:
Thanks for having us!


One of the other crew members pushes a few buttons on one of the control keyboards and starts the pre-recorded promotion for the supercard, but Kris is already pulling his headset off of his head before Kali even answers. Stoner stands and extends a hand to Kris, who merely looks at it, and walks out of the small room.




===================
===================




Grand Princess Cruise Ship
9:36pm PDT
6 July 2017
OFF-CAMERA



Kris moves out into the hallway, crossing to the other side and swinging his left fist, hitting the wall between two of the studs and breaking through the plaster. He pulls his fist from it, not feeling any better at all and starts to quickly move down the hallway. From behind him, Kali comes after him, seeing the hole in the wall and shaking her head as she passes it by. Once she reaches him, she grabs him by the wrist, spinning him towards her. He averts his eyes, looking up at the ceiling instead. There are tears forming in them, but none falling to his cheeks.

Kali: Relax. That went as good as we could have hoped for. There’s nothing to be upset about. You knew you were going to get some of those questions. We got out of there mostly unscathed. You’re okay.

He brings his hands up, running his fingers through his hair and shaking his head. He was still not able to bring himself to look down at her after the embarrassing questions that he had been asked concerning his personal life.

Kris: I thought me and Stoner were cool. I didn’t think that he would do that shit to me. Not him. That’s why I always go do my interviews with him. That was fucked up though. The stuff about Heather? The stuff about you? What does that have to do with SCW or Summer XXXtreme?

She can tell that he is trying to hold back most of the frustration because this was not the most private of hallways.

Kali: Nothing. But he is a member of the press and unfortunately scandalous information is always going to bring in more attention than legitimate questions will.

She shrugs, put puts a calming hand on his shoulder to comfort him. He is finally able to look down at her and immediately feels ten times worse once he lays eyes on her.

Kris: I’m sorry. You shouldn’t have gotten dragged into this.

She shakes her head.

Kali: I could have left. But I chose to stay. Because I am invested. I am not going to ruin that. I said I would do a job and I will.’m doing it.

He knew she was trying to be reassuring, and he should have let it slide, but something about it got to him. It may have been the drinking, the questions, the awful streak of bad news he had been given, or a combination of it, but he cannot stop himself.

Kris: I’m not a job, Kali.

He shrugs her hand off of his shoulder, turning around and starting to walk down the hallway


Kali: No. You are, but I like the job. I like it alot. In fact I like it so much I am breaking my own rules doing it.

She stops in the middle of the hallway, waiting for him to catch the meaning in her words. It takes him a few steps but he stops, torn. It was one of those things he needed to hear, but at the same time did not want to drag her down.

Kris: I haven't given you a lot of reason to break any rules. I have a near future ex-wife about to throw herself into the ocean at the slightest tipping point, feeling like she stabbed me in the back, whatever hallucinations I am having, and now more. You didn't come here to manage these problems. These are new. Don't stay because you feel sorry for me. I can put on a brave face and be happy. Trust me.

There it was. That phrase that he kept saying over and over again between promos, interviews and his mostly childish tweets. That was not the real Kris though, and she knew it. She had seen different. Much different. Almost the person she used to know.

Kali: No.

She folds her arms across her chest. Coming a few steps closer to him, a determined look set to her face.

Kali: I am not going to abandon you. All of this...

She reaches out, slashing a neatly manicured finger, up and down in his direction.

Kali: Is just stuff. It is stuff that you can deal with. You can’t shoulder all of it though…. and let me tell you something about suicide.

She crosses the rest of distance between them so that they are nearly nose to nose. Her voice gets lower, almost secretive.

Kali: If she was really going to do it, she wouldn't talk about it with anyone. She would just do it. Heather cares too much about the people around her to actually do it but she is attempting to get the attention she needs. She is probably also punishing herself. Not eating, not drinking fluids. I bet she is calling herself the worst names in the world too.

He notices something new in her eyes. Even before she said the words he knew whatever it was gave him an uneasy feeling.

Kali: ...and the reason I know all this is because I have been there and I got out of it too.

She holds up both her forearms to his eyes. Faded, but still there are the thin whitish scars running vertical down both, and the places where she had been stitched back up.  She closes her eyes, sighing deeply. He feels like his heart drops into his stomach.

Kris: This is why you hate me...

The second he saw it, everything made a little more sense. All of the questions about why she hung onto the thought so long was right in front of him.

Kali: So I wouldn't worry about her actually committing suicide. Drinking? Maybe. But I bet she loves her daughter too much to leave her like that.

She doesn't look at her scars, just lowers her arms and takes half a step back. He was firmly planted, with his heels dug in like cement. His first instinct was to hug her, but in that moment he lost any right to. She had only ever tried to help, and not only had he ruined that the first time around by humiliating her in front of everyone she knew, it had pushed her further than she was willing to go. He was responsible for breaking her.

Kris: I didn’t know...

She looks away from him, and shakes her head lightly, explaining.

Kali: You weren't supposed too. After my brother found me, they sewed me up and for a while, they weren't sure if I would make it. But afterwards, I had a great therapist. I fast tracked and graduated early at home. Got accepted to Harvard and I put everything into it.

He hangs his head. This was not something small that he could accept. This was a person’s life. A real one. Someone that had never done a mean thing to him in her life, and it all almost ended because he could not deal with his own shit.

Kris: You don’t have to make it alright, Kali. You don’t have to make excuses about the ends justifying the means. It doesn’t work like that. I can’t take that back. I don’t know if I can make that one better. You should hate me.

He wanted to find some way to apologize, but there was nothing.

Kali: I should, I did. I don’t know why I truly accepted the job. I saw your name and it just became my obsession to get hired. Winning people over is my specialty. I wasn't expecting... what has happened to happen and I didn't expect to care.

Kris: I don’t know what to say. I don’t deserve for you to care. The only reason you should have come would be so that you could stand there and laugh in my face as these things happened. I have more than earned it.

She reaches out to caress his face.

Kali: I don't need retribution. It was my choice. No one else's.

He tries to smile but there is nothing behind it at all. Emotionally there was just nothing left. He shakes his head back and forth against her hand.

Kris: I don’t think I can take anymore on top of all of this. I don’t know if I can do this match. Or this company. Or the rest of this boat ride.

She takes a firm hold of his head and looks him straight in the eyes.

Kali: Yes you can.

Every time he tries to look away she turns his head to keep him looking in her eyes. She was not going to let him run.

Kris: They expect the person in front of the camera. I don’t know if I can be that right now. If I can’t, then I don’t want to go out there and ruin it. I said when I came back that I had my shit together. I can’t let them know otherwise. If I do this is all for nothing.

Kali: Listen to me. You are Kris Halc. You are known for being rude, blunt and honest. Whatever is going on with you, we will deal with but switch that all off and go and retain that title.

It takes a second, but he nods. There was no getting out of any of the things weighing him down, but at least he would get to ruin someone else’s hopes of taking his title on the way. It was less than the silver lining he needed, but it would have to do.

Kris: Sunglasses and one more day of drinking and we’ll talk about it.

It was the best offer that he had.

Kali: Then someone should be there to supervise.

He holds out his hand, and she reaches into her bag, handing him back his sunglasses. Almost as soon as they are back on his face, and his eyes are hidden behind them, all of the pain evaporates from him face.

Kris: If by supervise you mean participate then yes.

His tone was still shaky. The fake smirk would sell it to fans, but even as hard as he was trying it was still there.

Kali: One drink. Last time we got in trouble.

62
 Jet City Sports Lab
Jet City, WA
10:12 am PDT
29 June 2017
OFF-CAMERA


This was his nightmare. It had never been exclusively wrestling for Kris. At first, there were drugs, there was art, there was music. In getting the drug problem under control, the rehab center was born. Art and music slowly slipped out the door in favor of a wife, kids, and the Jet City Sports Lab. To add to it, his ‘show up, fight, leave’ routine had somehow turned into ‘arrive a few days early, tape a show, do fan events, do interviews, fight, and maybe leave after everyone else’. That is why on days like this, he finds himself hiding in the office with a towel over his face. His feet are up on the desk, with an oddly haunting sketch of an eye lying in the center of it.

KJ: That’s a little dramatic, don’t you think?

At this point the voice does not even surprise him. He knew that the person that it came from was not actually there. The side effect of all of the stress and pressure he put on himself had been this stalker. The problem was, it was a person Kris had never met, and hoped to never actually come across. The sarcastic, spiteful, ghost-like hallucination of his adult son was way too much like his father for Kris to like.

Kris:...and there it is.

The problem with having a conversation was a hallucination was that they did not fall for the set ups to jokes.

KJ: The one thing that could push your headache into a full blown migraine?

Kris pulls the towel off of his face to see the person that he knew was not actually there. He had started to grow tired of the game.

Kris: You’re not real! Go haunt someone else. I have things to do.

Through the pulled shades covering the windows Kris can see movement outside stop at the raising of his voice. Hopefully people would just think that he is on some kind of conference call. He knew that his conscience was not going to let him off though.

KJ: Careful or people are going to find out that you’re starting to lose it in here.

Kris takes his feet off of the table and sits up, starting to fumble through the things on the desk. He had dozens of things he needed to do, but no motivation to start on the list. However, maybe if he kept his mind occupied it would have less time to play these tricks on him.

Kris: I’m fine...

His son laughs at him. Kris honestly doubted that any real life person would have bought the lie either so he was not at all surprised that he did not really buy into it himself.

KJ: We both know you’re not. You clearly need some help.

Kris drops the stack of papers and slams his hands down on the desk. It was not the first time he had heard it today. His hallucination was not even in the first handful of people that had told him as much. It did not mean that he was going to change his answer from the one he gave everyone else though.

Kris:I don’t need anybody. I can handle it.

KJ shrugs, moving around the desk and sitting down in the empty seat across from his father. The smug look on his face makes Kris feel uneasy. He saw so much of himself in him, and not enough of Liz. It made him seem a lot more dangerous than if it were vice-versa.

KJ: Maybe that’s out of your hands now...

Kris’ brow furrows, and he shakes his head.

Kris: We have already established that you’re not real. What can you really--

KJ cuts him off before he can even complete his sentence.

KJ: Knock knock...

Kris opens his mouth to respond, but closes it when there is a light knock on the door that immediately follows his son’s words. He looks up towards the door, very confused, before back in the chair where his son was sitting. There is nobody there. He shakes the thought away. Of course there was nobody there. Kris tosses his sketch under a stack of much more important papers and straightens up his shirt to look a lot less distressed.

Kris: Come in.

The door opens and a woman Kris has never seen enters. Her dark hair is pulled up into a bun, her latte colored skin appears flawless with what appears to be a minimalist approach to her makeup. She isn't smiling though.

Woman: Kris Halich. I was sent here to fill in for Miss Reynolds since it has become more difficult to look after you now that she has reached the third trimester of her pregnancy. My name is Kali Fox. I am a lawyer and I am under strict instructions to take care and oversee any and all things regarding your wrestling career.

She steps forward to offer an outstretched hand. Kris looks down from her eyes, to her hand, and then back up at her. Without even taking a few seconds to consider her offer, he shakes his head.

Kris: Pass. Hard pass. If you want to do blondie’s job, you can do it the same way she did. When I have paperwork for you to take care of, it will come to you. We don’t have to cross paths. We don’t need to get to know each other. We definitely don’t need to shake hands.

He turns his attention back to the papers in front of him, trying to seem busy in the hopes that she would leave him alone.

Kris: Sorry you wasted your time coming down.

She crosses her arms over her chest.

Kali: You don't really have a choice in this Kris.

She pushes a pile of papers off a nearby chair and brushes some unknown orange substance off before sitting.

Kali: I wasn't just picked by Kirsten. And I am getting paid to essentially be your babysitter. You can argue, fight, yell and scream if it makes you feel better but all in all, you are stuck with me.

He is silent for a second, leaning back in his chair. Kris looks back and forth between her eyes and the papers on the desk before picking his words carefully.

Kris: It took me less than a month to get rid of the last person Jason tried to hire to keep an eye on me. It was smart leading by blaming in on Kirsten. I’m going to guess that was Jay’s idea. Don’t worry though. You don’t need to protect his brand. It will be a lot less of a hassle for you, and a lot less of a headache for me if you just took notes from the lawyer girl though. You can do your job from home.

He waits for her to get up, but she makes no move to leave.

Kris: If you know anything at all about me you know I’m very capable of getting rid of people when I really want to. If I don’t want you around, you don’t have a chance of lasting very long. The way I see it, there is very little that I need or want from you. There’s nothing you can do for me that I can’t do myself. I am balancing everything on my own. That’s what he wanted.

Kali: I wasn't hired by Jason either. And trust me Kris, I know everything about you so I was well prepared for your ‘I’m a big boy’ speech. You don’t have to like me. I am here to do a job and I am very good at doing said job.

She looks directly into his eyes without flinching. He raises both of his hands to his face, rubbing his eyes in frustration. With his face covered, he takes a deep breath, letting it out slowly. When he pulls his hands away, he manages to fake a smile.

Kris: Summer XXXtreme is on a cruise ship. Jet City is obviously here. If I’m not here, there’s a whole lot more you can do here than you can following me around. If you’re not going to just go away, then you can at least stay here and do something useful.

She shakes her head.

Kali: Mr. Ripley has all of that under control. As I said and what you seem to have difficulty understanding is that my specific job is to make sure you are where you are supposed to be, at the correct time with all the things you need.

He shrugs.

Kris: That sounds more like an assistant, and I don’t need one, so again, no thanks. I got it. The clinic is fine. I can handle the stuff for the show before I leave. I can even arrange my own travel. I’m a grown up. I don’t have any use for you.

She shakes her head, pulling her phone out of her pocket, and clicking the screen to life.

Kali: You had yet to book any flights for this weekend. You have a fan event before you leave. The clinic has not ordered supplies in three weeks. Half of the trainees here haven’t paid you. You haven’t said anything about your match this week, and as of the moment I walked into this office, nobody involved in your show has anything to show for this week other than a five hour long conference meeting about breakfast foods.

She had done her homework. Granted, half of that information he had probably accidentally handed her himself through social media. He knew he should not have let the camera guy run the Twitter account for the show.

Kris: Okay, so I’m running a little bit behind.

Kali’s perfectly arched eyebrows raise in amusement.

Kali: A little? These are not just ‘minor’ issues Kris. These are all pretty major things. The first thing you are going to do is hand over a few of those responsibilities to your other staff members. Second, I will take care of your flight and make sure you get the the event. After that, we will discuss how you wish to go about addressing your opponent.

He laughs, crossing his arms in front of his chest.

Kris: We won’t be discussing anything once I get to the event. It’s on a cruise ship that has been booked for months. My wife and kids aren’t even going with me because there just isn’t space to make it happen. Unless you plan on sleeping on a couch for a week while I ignore your existence, you need a new game plan.

He gets up from the desk with a smug look on his face, thinking the argument has been won. Being along on the cruise ship gives him an entire extra week alone to fix everything himself and come up with a plan to get rid of her. She reaches into her messenger bag and places a folder on the desk. She flips it open not only to s front row ticket to the show but a first class room accommodations as well.

Kali: I made sure to have all of that looked after in advance. Your boss was very accommodating once I explained what I was doing.

It was her now giving him the smug look. He reaches across the desk and spins the folder around. The tickets to the show were legitimate, but not what he was interested in. Thumbing through the rest of the papers, he finds the reservation for her room. His fingers crawl across the page, looking for the number of the cabin. When he finds it, he shakes his head.

Kris: This doesn’t work. This is adjoining to me. This is supposed to be…

He looks up from the folder, and finds her waiting for his response like she knows what he was going to say. Instead of finishing the thought, he closes his mouth. This was not the kind of argument that he was going to win today. She was well prepared, and on offense. It was not surprising that he felt ambushed.

Kris: You know there’s no way off that boat. You get on it and you are stuck there with me. The fat guy thought he could hang too, and there weren’t very many ways to get under his skin. I have made a career out of making people just like you hate me. You’re setting yourself up for failure.

Kali: Well impossible to make someone who already hates you, hate you Kris. That’s one reason they picked me. Now, I have work to do getting this place back on track. You can get back to talking to yourself and pretending to work. Just be ready to do that promo…

She looks at her very expensive looking wristwatch.

Kali: Two hours.

She stands, snatching the folder from the desk and putting it back in her bag. He sits quietly like he is going to allow her to walk away without question. However, in reality he is just biding his time until she reaches for the door. One thing inside what she said gave him the window that he needed, and now he had a week to exploit it. As soon as her hand touches the doorknob, the words fly out of his mouth.

Kris: If I’m stuck with you, you can at least tell me why you already hate me. I think that’s fair.

She sighs, but doesn’t turn to face him.

Kali: But then I lose my leverage for you to keep me around. See, it is going to eat at you because you can't place me. Can’t figure out why no matter how hard you wrack your brain around it. It keeps you from doing anything overly serious. We aren't playing fair here. Fair is not getting into so much trouble that your family can’t trust you on your own.

She pulls open the door.

Kali: Two hours Kris. See you then.

He did not expect anything different if he was honest with himself. If she was going to give up that information easily, she would have volunteered it. Her mistake was thinking having the leverage made her more safe. He already has his response ready before she can even clear the doorway.

Kris: Your leverage doesn’t get me out of this chair or on that boat. If you think I’m above tanking my career just to get rid of you, you’re wrong. If I wasn’t that kind of person, your services wouldn’t be required.

She looks over her shoulder at him and reaches into her bag again. The paper she shows him is very familiar.

Kali: You underestimate who it was that actually hand picked me to do this. She said she would do it herself if quote not for someone in her head having sympathy for you.

The contract in her hand was one he knew very well and one his wife had learned about just recently when she had probed her sister about it.

Kali: She said that without Kirsten able to be around, you needed a handler. Someone that wouldn't put up with your shit. So again, do not underestimate me.

He raises his arms behind his head, cradling the back of his head in the interlaced fingers of his hands. There is a smile on his face, despite the indirect threat to his marriage and children.

Kris: I’ll see you in a couple hours then.

She places the paper back into her bag, stepping the rest of the way through the door and letting it close behind her. He waits until the door is firmly shut before he snaps up out of his seat and starts to gather papers.

KJ: She’s going to be a problem…

Kris jumps where he stands, the ghostly version of his son speaking directly into his ear.

Kris: You’re in my head. You already know she’s not. You’re just saying that to piss me off.

Kris opens the desk and grabs a black folder out of it, opening it onto the desk. He stacks the papers on the desk neatly and puts them into one pocket before walking around to the other side of the table and picking up what he needed from the stack she pushed onto the floor.

KJ: She hates you…

Kris shakes his head, coming up from the floor with what he needed and stuffing them into the empty side of the folder. He picks it up, tucking it underneath his arm and searching the back wall for the right keys.

Kris: She doesn’t actually know me. She is a lawyer. The person she hates is the person she is reading off of that paper. The junkie drug addict who cannot be trusted around children and is a danger to both himself and his wife. Now she is stuck in an adjoining room with me for a week on a boat.

KJ takes a seat where Kali had been previously sitting, raising his feet up to rest on the desk.

KJ: That has to make you mad. You had plans for that room. All of the hard work and preparation down the drain. I guess you really will be flying solo for the whole time. Even worse, now you have a nanny there to micromanage your time. I hope you plan to smuggle a little something down there with you or you are going to have a bad time.

He finds the keys that he is looking for and takes them off of the hook, moving down past the bathroom inside the office to the back door.

Kris: I’m not smuggling anything, and my plans haven’t changed, just the person has. If she’s not begging for someone to pick her up before I have to start filming on the preview show, it’s because she made some sort of deal with the devil.

KJ points from where he sits, over at his father.

KJ: ….and running off out the backdoor in a company car is going to help how?

Kris shrugs, disconnecting the fire alarm to the door and pulling the locking level up so that he can push it open.

Kris: You heard her. I have two hours to figure out who the fuck she is and why Violet hired her. Hopefully nobody will even realize I am gone. My car is out front and nobody will have seen me leave the office.

Kris closes the door, trying to end the conversation, but is immediately startled by his son leaning against the wall behind the closed door.

Kris: You have to stop doing that.

KJ shrugs.

KJ: You have to stop thinking slamming the door or walking away can get rid of me. It doesn’t work like that. You’re stuck with me until you deal with the reason that I’m here. Ignoring me isn’t going to get rid of me. Seducing me isn’t an option either…

Now it is time for Kris to shrug in response. He tried hard not to focus on how well his mind recreated the mannerism perfectly when his son did it.

Kris: You’re not real, so you’re not a real problem. She is, so she needs to go sooner rather than later. I guess you got moved to the back of the line.

Kris tries to walk away again, clicking the remote in his hand to unlock the doors of the white sedan in the alleyway. They had gotten it for the prospective trainees to use while first visiting, so nobody would notice it was missing. He climbs into the driver’s seat, throwing the folder next to him. He catches sight of his son in the back when adjusting the mirror.

KJ: Phillip is not going to tell you what you want to know.

Kris smiles, putting the key in the ignition of the car.

Kris: No, but he will give me a little bit more than I already know in exchange for me not touching him. Anything is going to help. I want this chick gone by Tuesday. I don’t have time to waste.

Kris shifts the car into drive, and looks up into the rear view mirror again, thinking he was going to get some response. To his surprise, the seat is empty behind him. He shakes his head, trying to avoid acknowledging the uneasy feeling that it gives him when he realizes he is actually alone. He was right about one thing though, he did not have any time to waste.



===================
===================




Jet City Sports Lab
Jet City, WA
12:01pm PDT
29 June 2017
ON-CAMERA



”This should be exciting...”

The screen comes to life with Kris in a regular office chair. He is seated in the middle of the the bigger of the two rings inside the Jet City Sports Lab, spinning around in circles. The SCW Roulette Championship rests on his lap, and oddly he is dressed as if he is about to compete. The unzipped, bright white, “Pure” jacket is opened to show his chest beneath it, and the matching white shorts with his name down the sides sparkle in the light.

”The entire SCW roster sets sail on a likely disease-ridden boat for a week before we are going to beat the hell out of each other. I think the reason that this roster functions so well, is because we all have our own lives. We come together to put on a show, and then with few exceptions, all go our own way afterwards. People that don’t like each other, never have to see each other unless there is a match. Any tensions between people have time to diffuse during the week. That’s not going to be the case on this boat though. We are all going to be trapped with one another, with the only escape being a long swim back to a shore.”

He stops spinning, planting his feet on the floor once he is facing the camera.

”For me that means a lot of things. Despy is hosting the show and is still mad at me about delicious cookie cannibalism. Mikah is going to be there, so I expect there to be a lot of jokes with double meaning. The Mean Girls will be in attendance, bringing the level of hotness at poolside way the fuck down. Alexis Staggs will be in the house telling me how sorry she is that she’s not sorry, and Tim will be around to get into trouble dressed as Batman. It also means that people like Travis Nathaniel Andrews and Steve Ramone, two of my biggest critics as of late, get to bask in my presence. For one of these reasons, several of them, or even all of them, there’s a good chance that someone is going to be getting thrown off the boat, and the Vegas betting lines are making me the heavy favorite.”

He shrugs. Other people might have been worried about how truthful the statements were, but Kris has always managed to enjoy the chaos he creates.

”We do know at least a few things though. One of my opponents, Ryan Keys, will definitely be dressed to impress. Jamie Dean is going to have a blast judging a bunch of wet shorts. Bobbie Dahl is going to be making so many fans so very uncomfortable, and The Bad Boys will continue to bore us with their irrelevancy. We also know this though, this Roulette Championship match is going to be held Ultimate X style over top of a pool. Now, normally we would not know what kind of match we were having before the wheel spins, so this is a pleasant change… for me. For Ryan Keys, meeting me in this kind of match is going to feel a lot like deja vu. See, I took the title away from him under these rules. Granted, there was not a pool involved. I don’t foresee that being a problem though. If stepping into the ring with me yet again, after losing to me last week, was not bad enough, now he has to do so in a match he has already lost a title to me in. But hey, I bet he enjoys the cruise anyways.”

He leans forward.

”And then there is you, Travis. Basically since the moment I first put my hands on the title that you can’t have until the end of October, you have been chirping. First it was demanding a title match and having both of the bosses laugh in your face. Then it was about how much better than me you were, and how big of a disappointment you see me as. It worked. You got me to ask the bosses for a match with you. Congratulations. However, that’s not the way things work anymore. They told me no. They even told me that I couldn’t book myself in any matches when I hosted Climax Control specifically to keep me away from you. If it was up to me, your mouth would have been closed a long time ago. As it stands, they let you earn your way into Ryan’s rematch clause. Now you get to be trapped on a cruise ship with someone like me, who you have been picking at, and picking at for more than a month.”

Kris leans forward, slinging the championship up over his shoulder as he does.

”So let me remind you of something that I just said. Typically the SCW roster gets a week to cool off after matches, heated promos, or insulting segments. Typically, each week when I show up, I have already let what you said the week before roll off my back. There is nothing typical about this cruise though. There is no time to cool off. So let me give you some advice. Pick your words carefully, or be prepared to spend the week locked in your room and hoping that the room service person knocking on your door isn’t me in a disguise. You know that I’m more than capable of beating your ass before this match even gets under way, and you know I’m the kind of person that doesn’t give a shit how much trouble it lands me in. One week from Sunday, or maybe even before, you’re going to get yours.”

He stands up from the chair, taking a few steps closer to the camera, and winking with a smile.

”Trust me.”




===================
===================




Taxy Bar
Los Angeles, CA
5:51pm PDT
30 June 2017
OFF-CAMERA


This partnership was not going well. Phillip had been no help when Kris went to ask about Kali. Apparently he had been left out of the selection process. Kris knew better than to try and get any information out of Violet either. He had returned to Jet City, done his promo, and allowed her to drive him to the airport. The entire flight was silence, Kris listening to music so loud that she could hear it, and Kali pretending not to be bothered by it. As soon as they landed, and he switched his phone back on, the arguing started. His marriage was no shaky ground, and since Kali was the only one around to vent to, he had chosen to bail. That is how he ended up in the parking lot of a bar seen a lot throughout his career, despite having a horrible reputation. The only thing keeping him in the car was an argument he was having with his new assistant. However, one particular message set him off.

Are you done throwing your temper tantrum yet? It is kind of funny watching you be mad at your phone.


It was all he could do to not look around and find where she was watching him from. All of his frustration finally bubbles over. He shuts the rental car off, and steps out, slamming the door behind him. He does not even check the street before crossing the road, texting back the only response that he thought might help him feel better.

Nope. You can watch this though.


He walks from his car, across the street to a bar he had been to more times than he could count. It was the same one so heavily featured in his early SCW work. However, before he enters, he winds up, throwing the phone as hard as he can against the bricks making up the front wall. It splinters into dozens of pieces and he pulls open the door, disappearing inside. He is shocked to see the pretty mocha skinned assistant sitting at the bar. Without even looking she pushes a glass and a silver gift bag in front of an empty stool. He pushes it out of his way and calls the bartender over to him. They shake hands, the man behind the counter with a huge smile on his face.

Kris: Brandon's. The real one.

The smile immediately fades from the bartender’s face. Kris meets his judging eyes, and speaks through gritted his teeth. His voice was low and level, clearly holding back most of his emotions.

Kris: Just fucking do it. Okay? I don't need a fucking lecture.

The man behind the counter disappears, albeit reluctantly.

Kali: Trouble in paradise? She takes a sip of her own drink, her tone even and cold.

Kris: Don't fucking talk to me. You don't exist.

His words are cool and collected, despite their viciousness. The bartender comes back, and places the bottle in front of Kris. For a second he does not take his hand off of it though. Kris grabs it around the middle and rips it from his hand.

Kris: Thank you.

He reaches over the bar, grabbing a regular sized beer glass and scooping it full of ice. The cork top of the bottle is not a roadblock at all. He raises the bottle to his lips, sinking his teeth into the cork and pulling it out. Silently, Kris fills the glass, swirls it once, and kills the entire thing. Kali smirks, still sipping her own drink slowly, but not so foolish enough as to keep pushing him when he was clearly so close to bursting. Kris puts the glass down on the table, and tilts the bottle towards it, filling the glass a second time. However, instead of draining it, he puts the cork back into the top of the bottle and stands from the stool. He reaches into his pocket and throws a stack of money on the counter before scooping up the bottle, his glass, and walking away. He rounds the pool tables where more regulars recognize him and offer greetings. He passes them without a word though, moving to a corner booth and sitting down, killing the second full glass of gin. Of course she tracks him with her eyes, but Kali stays where she is. He refused to give him the satisfaction of knowing that she was nervous about the whole situation. Part of the reason that she had been hired to make sure he stayed out of places like these.

Kris: Can I get my stuff please?

He yells it out towards the counter, without taking his eyes off of his drink. He takes the cork out of the top of the bottle, and starts to fill the glass when the bartender moves out from behind the counter and over to him. In his hands are a bucket, that Kali sees Kris reach into before dropping another few ice cubes into his glass, and a small, black phone. He pats Kris on the shoulder and comes back around the bar. Kris flips open the back of the phone and slides his SIM card into it before snapping the case closed again and turning it on. So focused on watching him without trying to be obvious, she misses the bartender stopping in front of her.

Bartender: He wants me to throw you out.

Before she can respond, he holds his hands up in front of his chest innocently.

Bartender: Don't worry, I'm not going to.

Kali: You couldn't anyway. I would sue you and this bar so badly your grandchildren would still be paying mine. You are a smart man, don't let anyone downplay that because you're a bartender.

Bartender: Lady, do you know why he comes here?

He waits for a response, but she does not cave to what was clearly just a set up to a speech.

Bartender: Kris has been coming in here for four years. This is the first time he has ever drank.

He reaches below the counter and takes out an identical bottle of gin.

Bartender: He normally drinks out of this. It's just water. And hustles the guys in some pool. He normally gives them their money back after and kicks me a little.

He takes the bottle and puts it back under the counter.

Bartender: But he knows that if you bring that attitude into a place like this, all he has to do is ask and you can be taken out back and have that education of yours beaten right out of your head. You'll be less worried about suing anyone and more worried about relearning how to tie your shoes and spell your name. Get it?

Kali: I suggest you step off sir.

She pushes her empty glass forward. He looks down at it, shaking his head. She was almost as big of a hassle as Kris was. He points over at Kris.

Bartender: He's a good kid, and clearly something is not right with him right now.

He lowers his hand, and refills her glass, sliding it back across the counter to her.

Bartender: If you can't see that, then you're not the good guy here.

She reaches into her messenger bag, presumably to pay for the drink, but the bartender shakes his head, stopping her. Kali looks up confused, but the bartender picks up the stack of money Kris had thrown on the counter.

Bartender: He already paid for it.

She glances at his name tag. Of course it had to be something less than interesting. After all, he was standing behind a bar, way past middle age, and his name was not on the marquee outside. Clearly he had made poor life choices.

Kali: Mark... I am not here to soothe his hurt feelings. I am here to make sure he doesn't do anything to fuck up a contract he signed. So while I appreciate you being concerned, you really shouldn't involve yourself. It is a sticky web you can't easily get out of.

He laughs. It is unsettling how genuine it is. It was a lot like being on the outside of a joke that everyone else gets.

Mark: How long have you been around? A week? Less? Lady I've been watching out for him for four years. I could write that kid's biography. He has helped me close up. He has helped me keep the power on when business was slow. I have scooped him up out of that booth so fucked up on the shit he put in his arm that he couldn't put a sentence together. You can't tell me anything about him that I don't know.

She takes slow sip of her brandy.

Kali: I’ve been around longer than you think. I have never said he can’t be a good person and honestly I haven't even said anything bad in this entire conversation. I simply said I am not his mom or his wife here to pat his head. I am here to make sure he doesn't get that way again because if he does... its game over. In more ways than one.

Her tone hasn't changed from the cool evenness the entire time. Mark shakes his head, neither convinced, nor impressed.

Mark: So if you know the things I know, know the kid he is, and have been around so long, why act like such a bitch? Clearly something is wrong. And you’re taunting him? You going to say the person you were texting before he smashed his phone against my building wasn’t him? If you’re not here to help, the least you can do is not make it worse.

Kali: Fair enough.

She still does not seem overly enthused about the idea, but stands from the stool, and grabs her drink before making her way across the bar. He does not look up at her, but at this point the bottle in his hand is already halfway gone. For the first time, she actually reads the label.

Kali: Brandon’s Gin. Gin? Are you an old lady?

The jab does not stop him from refilling his glass, and then topping it off with fresh ice. It was actually a question that nobody ever asked him. The brand was not carried in many places. It definitely was not on the menu here, but there was a very clear reason.

Kris: It’s the only thing I never saw my dad drink, and never saw at any of the liquor stores he took us to. It’s just mine. I don’t have to be like him to drink.

She understands immediately, but pushes any sign of it off of her face. If she was going to make it in this job, she needed to maintain the illusion for now. It would happen eventually, but not like this, and not today.

Kali: You know it’s not really something people drink by itself. Normally it gets mixed.

Kris raises his glass, the same amount of indifference in his voice. She was mildly impressed that he was still able to string together coherent sentences.

Kris: Well I’m not much of a drinker. It is not my thing, but it will have to work.

It takes effort, but she manages to ask the one question that he needed to hear, even though he would not respond favorably. It was more about the offer than whether or not he took it. It built trust.

Kali: You want to talk about it?

He shakes his head.

Kris: Nope.

Kris raises the glass, and drinks a considerable amount of the contents. It was a good sign that he was slowing, and not killing a glass in one go. She assumed that meant he was starting to get to the level he wanted to be on. The one where he did not have to feel whatever was on his mind. Her next question was not so easy. She had no clue what his answer would be, but as much as he needed to hear her ask the first one, she needed to hear the right answer to this one.

Kali: You want me to go?

He thinks it over, raising his glass again and finishing it off. At this point it was going to be a miracle if he did not black out right there in the booth before too long. His voice is low, almost a whisper, and comes with the most subtle of head shakes.

Kris: No.



===================
===================




Grand Princess Cruise Ship
Post Kris and Mikah Show
11:07pm PDT
1 July 2017
ON-CAMERA



The theme for the Black Sheep is playing to the sound of applause from the other side of a giant screen being used for the graphics for the Kris and Mikah Show. Standing by is Scott Oliver with a camera crew, waiting by the back steps in the hopes of talking to one or both of the hosts. His hopes are answered when Kris steps behind the back of the screen, clawing under his shirt with his right hand, and holding a drink completely level in the other. Despite the fact that the sun was down before the show even started, he is wearing sunglasses to cover his eyes. The Roulette Champion manages to unhook his microphone, throwing it down onto the deck as he comes off of the staircase. He turns towards Scott, and immediately stops in his tracks. He goes to turn away, but thinks better of it. He raises his drink to his lips, finishing it and coming over to Scott.

”You can leave. I just need your camera.”

Scott opens his mouth to object, but the glare that Kris shoots his direction is unlike anything he has ever seen. The two usually got along so well. Stoner holds out his microphone to Kris, who smiles, not even attempting to make it look remotely sincere before he rips it from his hand. Scott opens his mouth again, like he is going to try and get to the bottom of it, but changes his mind, turning tail and walking away. Kris raises the microphone up as music starts to play on the deck on the other side of the screen.

”Another successful show in the books. Call it the Kris and Mikah Show, or the Mikah and Kris Show, whatever the fuck you want, but we just packed a boat the day before people were supposed to show up. People are paying attention. People are enjoying what I am doing.”

He pauses, looking at the microphone and turning it over in his hands a few times. After the brief examination, he realizes it is nothing more than a prop. Irritated, he closes his eyes, taking a deep breath and attempting to count to ten. He does not quite make it, instead opening his eyes, and throwing the microphone as hard as he can. The camera turns with it, following it through the air with aid from the lights all around the boat. It splashes into the water an impressive distance away.

”My co-host had to pause and ask me if I was okay a few times during the show. Over the last couple of days I have been asked by fans, friends and family alike if I am okay. I figured that maybe my little promo yesterday left some unanswered questions so when I saw you guys standing here I just couldn’t help myself.”

He holds his arms out to his sides, and the camera pans up to see the giant screen behind him. The image is flipped because we are along the back, but very clearly is the banner with both his and Mikah’s faces on it.

”Let’s go to the tape, shall we? I am the only person on this roster that got pitched an idea to do a show. Go look at SCW studios right now. It’s a bunch of old bullshit, and then me. I put this together. I made it watchable. I made it successful enough that it was the kickoff event for Summer XXXtreme tonight.”

He lowers his arms, laughing a little.

”What else? How about being a fucking champion in this company? How about being the most well known person in this company right now. You ask free agents about SCW, and they don’t know what the fuck you’re talking about. You bring up my name, and there is instant recognition. Who else do they have carrying a title that measures up? Mikah and Crystal? Nope. They get dumped on because people think they are lazy. J2H and Raab? One we have had more than enough of as champion, the other we never cared about to begin with. Jessie Salco? Hard pass. She is barely interesting enough to stand next to Amy. Team BJ? Nowhere near the level of fandom that I have. I love them. They know it, but it is still true. I think that’s all the titles that people give a damn about. Which champion sticks out, huh? SCW fans know and love all of those people, but outside this company people would rather pay attention to Gavin Grimes than J2H. I am the one that is out there busting my ass all the time. I am the one people enjoy seeing.”

He shrugs, looking away from the camera. This was not the same Kris that people were used to seeing. He was normally only cruel when he had a point to make. This seemed like more of an angry rant.

”And that’s not even where my success ends. I hosted a show. I run my own gym where people come and beg to train. I help operate a little rehab clinic in Echo Park. I am a hell of an artist, so I am told, and a decently talented musician. Yet, people keep harping and asking if I am fine. ‘Kris are you okay?’ ‘Are you sure you’re alright?’ ‘Is something wrong?’”

His voice becomes much more sarcastic and snarky when he dives into the caricatured voices of the people concerned about him.

”Let me let you all in on a little secret. The reason that all of you like me, or watch me, despite the things I say and do, is because I am always having a good time. I enjoy myself. I do what I want. I say what I want. Over the last few years, people have really come to just expect that. That is why I can go around hitting on Mikah and people just laugh instead of tell me I am ruining the sanctity of marriage. That is why I can provoke any person in this industry on social media, and even though I am a dick, people take my side. That is why I can host a show making fun of everyone on this roster, and instead of of outrage, I am met with laughter.”

He seems to be at a loss for a better explanation.

”What else do you need to see in order for me to answer that question? A wet boxer shorts competition? Tune in a few days from now. Backstage antics like water balloon fights and practical jokes? I do that every week. You need me to flirt and make people uncomfortable more than I already do? I am not sure that I can. It already takes up a lot of my day.”

He breaks into a sort of angry, and irritated laugh that clash with his words. However, he seems unable to control the tone of his voice or facial expressions. Under the scowl, and the raised voice, he just seems bitter for some reason.

”What you all need to do, is take a huge step backwards, and then go fuck yourselves. I don’t need anybody babysitting me. I don’t need people hitting me up and trying to find some greater meaning or reason behind how I act. This is me.”

He brings both of his palms up and taps his chest.

”It’s all I’m ever going to be. It’s all that there is. It is not some mask that I need someone to pry off so I can be myself. I am not as lame as Rage. I don’t need to be saved from myself. I like being me. I am successful. I’m the fucking SCW Roulette Champion and that is not something that is changing any time soon. If that means being stuck on this cruise with a bunch of overbearing fans, and a roster full of asshats for a week, bring it on. If it means smacking around a chump like Travis Nathaniel Andrews, I’m more than capable. If it means beating Ryan Keys, AGAIN then I will dump his ass in the pool and make it happen.”

He raises his hand up to the side of his face, scratching lightly at his cheek. It has a sort of calming effect on his tone of voice. He takes a deep breath, starting to feel more relaxed. When he speaks again, it is almost the normal Kris that people have come to reluctantly love.

”What I don’t need is a boat full of people trying to make me something I am not. If you have enjoyed watching me claw my way out of the hole that I dug, then why pick at it? I didn’t used to have fans. I didn’t used to have roster members paying attention to me. I made the changes that I made on my own. I made the decision to come back, and be better, on my own. I never needed any support or coddling to make it happen. I damn sure don’t need it now that I have climbed out of the ditch and started my ascension to the top of this company. If you have enjoyed the ride, sit back and keep enjoying it. If you haven’t, change the fucking channel because I don’t care about your opinion anyways. I am doing this for me. I am doing it my way. Get on board or bail on me all together. It’s not going to change who I am either way.”

He shakes his head, and turns like he is leaving, but freezes, turning back to the camera.

”Ryan? Travis? This boat pulls out of here tomorrow. I suggest that you both enjoy this trip as much as possible. I know that I’m going to. However, when the cruise is over for me, I am walking out with everything I brought with me, and you’re both going home the same failures you’ve always been and probably always will be.”

He chuckles, turning away from the camera and heading towards the ramp leading back to solid ground. He yells back over his shoulder towards the camera before he is out of earshot though.


”Trust me!”


63
Climax Control Archives / Escape!
« on: June 23, 2017, 11:55:24 PM »
 OFF-CAMERA
Somewhere In Arizona
18 June 2017
11:51 PM PDT


Kris was in bad shape. Following his match at Climax Control he was put into the back of an ambulance and sent to the nearest hospital to be checked out. He was not really surprised. He and Joshua Acquin practically destroyed the backstage area during their fight. He had emerged victorious, but at what cost? He had a forehead full of stitches, his entire body hurt, and half of his face was covered in a bruise. To make matters worse, he had asked for it to happen. He clicks his phone screen to life, pacing back and forth in his room and waiting for a text. It had taken more than an hour worth of convincing, but he finally got someone to come and help him. However, their window was slowly closing. He slams the phone down on the side table next to the bed and fights his urge to just make a sprint out the door.

Kris: “Where is she…..?”

Mikah is seen walking down the hallway, dressed in a pair of short jean shorts and a simple turquoise shirt, headed in the direction of the nurse’s station.  She was typing something on her phone but presses the button to lock her phone as she reaches the desk. She reaches back, shoving the phone into the butt pocket of her jean shorts.  She glances around before pushing the few strands of hair out of her face that just would not stay tucked behind her ears.

Nurse: “Can I help you?”

Mikah:  â€œYes, which room is Kris Halc in?”

The nurse looks at the blonde before typing something in the computer in front of her.  The nurse squints at the computer screen before looking back up at the blonde.

Nurse:  â€œThere is nobody in this hospital by that name.  I’m sorry.”

Mikah sighs, trying not to be irritated with the woman before drumming her fingers against the countertop of the area.

Mikah:  â€œKristopher Halich, I mean.  Which room is he in?”

She narrows her eyes at the slightly older woman, who grumbles something under her breath and types the name into the computer and then points across the hall at a door, not even bothering to utter the number.

Mikah: “Kris....”

Her voice was clipped as she turns and walks in the direction of the room that the nurse had pointed to.  Mikah knocks lightly before walking into the room, shutting it behind her softly to see him in a hospital gown, a panicked look on his face.  Mikah looks a bit perplexed for a moment, clearly deciding how to approach him.

Mikah:  â€œKris…”

She spoke softly, not wanting to startle him or set him off.

Kris: “We have got to get the fuck out of here…

As soon as the door closes he springs into action. The first thing he does is check the time on his phone and the sighs heavily.

Kris: “Cutting it close… Too close… way too close…”

He moves across the room, opening a closet and tossing a pair of pink scrubs at her. It only adds to her mounting confusion. He moves around her, into the bathroom inside the room and emerges with a wheelchair. Once he wheels it out he looks at her for the first time.

Kris: “You're going to have put your hair up or something and wash off some of that makeup so you're not too attractive to be a nurse.”

He looks her over, but she does not move despite all of his instruction. His eyes widen on her, and he realizes for the first time that he is once again scratching at the crease inside his right elbow. He forces his hand away, and a smile onto his face to attempt to soothe her fear.

Kris: “We. Have. To. Go.”

She still has a worried look on her face as she holds the pink scrubs in her hands.  She looks down at the ugly pink color before looking at Kris again as she sits in the wheelchair.

Mikah:  â€œThis is crazy, Kris. CRAZY.”

She wasn’t sure about his idea and she wasn’t about to scrub the makeup off her face.  However, she slowly starts to pull the scrubs on, not really liking the salmon pink color.  She sighs before reaching up and pulling a scrunchie out of one of her back pockets.

Mikah:  â€œI do not  want to go to jail, Kris.  And I don’t even think that this little get up is going to work!  The nurses saw me come in here! They’re going to know I’m an imposter!”

She places her hands on her slender hips as the scrub pants start to fall off of her slender hips a bit.  She sighs and pulls them back up.  She pushes her shirts up, holding them in place as she focuses on tying the drawstring of the pants. When she looks up she is surprised that he is not still watching her. Instead, he has moved to the door, cracking it open and looking at the nurse behind the desk. He lets out a sigh of relief and silently closes the door back. He crosses the room again, and she tries to step into his path but he is not playing games. He skims the wall to get past her, and back over to his phone. He checks the time again, and then turns the phone off before moving back to the closet grabbing a ziploc bag full of his personal items and leaving his clothes. He tosses the phone into the bag before zipping it closed. He stops when he turns back towards her and sees the scowl on her face. However, he is still too focused on getting out to acknowledge it.

Kris: “You still have to get some of that makeup off. You need to look like a semi-smart overachiever too broke to go to med school. Not some supermodel.”

He disappears into the bathroom. She hears water run for a moment before shutting off, and a moment later, Kris emerges and hands her a damp washcloth.  She looks at the washcloth in his hands before looking back at his face.

Mikah:  â€œKris, this is insane. Will you stop for a moment, please?”

She looks into his eyes again, trying to get him to think more logically.  She looks at the damp washcloth again before looking at him.

Mikah:  â€œAll that is going to do is smear my make up, Kris.  It’s better if I just leave it on, rather than walking out of here with you looking like a two cent hooker.”

She sighs before running her fingers through her hair before grabbing the damn washcloth and walking into the bathroom for a minute.  She pulls her hair back into a loose ponytail with her scrunchie, leaving a few strands out to frame her face.  She looks at the washcloth before looking in the mirror, wishing she’d have brought her purse with her.  She turns the sink on and carefully gets it a little more wet before wiping off the light eyeshadow and eyeliner she was wearing, careful not to rid herself of the mascara.  She dries her skin before walking out.

Mikah:  â€œI am NOT taking the mascara off, Kris.  This is going to have to work.”

She didn’t think it would do either of them well for her to argue with him. She searches around the room for him, before turning around to find him at the door once again, staring out at the desk. He is mumbling himself in an excited tone, and then closes it again. He crosses the room to the wheelchair, taking the small plastic bag and placing it on his lap, but under his hospital gown so it cannot be seen. He looks up at her, still finding the annoyed look on her face. He lets out a deep breath and looks down at his lap.

Kris: “The nurses just switched shifts. Meaning the one that was out there, isn't. Anyone that doesn't recognize you will blame the shift change. None of this is illegal. Can you please just wheel me out of here? I will explain it to you once we are out.”

She still seemed unsure about this whole idea and it showed on her face.  She hesitates, staring at the wheelchair handles.

Mikah:  â€œIt sure feels illegal, Kris.”

She mutters to him as she looks at him, the panicked look on his face hit home with her and then the fact that he said please also made her more willing to do what he wanted.  She hesitates a little more before placing her hands on the handles of the wheelchair to push him out.

Mikah: “Okay..let’s do this, then.

He puts his foot up against the door to stop their progress, and turns in the chair.

Kris: “Turn left. The elevator to the MRI is down the hall. It should be open and waiting. I noticed the elevators stop here when they are not in use instead of in the lobby. Ignore everything I say and look annoyed.”

He reaches out and takes the handle of the door, pulling it open. As he said there would be, there were two new nurses who are behind the desk. Both of them look up and are immediately drawn to Mikah’s appearance, but only for a second.

Kris: “How many different fucking tests are you idiots going to do before you just let me go home?”

The nurses immediately look down to the man in the chair. In the bright lights of the hallway, Mikah can see just how bad of shape he is in. The bandage covering the dozen stitches in his forehead has spots of blood starting to seep through. The whole left side of his face was a light yellow bruise that she knew from experience would be purple by tomorrow. She turns the chair left, rolling her eyes at the nurses who do not raise question with her.

Kris: “I mean seriously! This is like five over the course of a few hours? Why do you feel the need to keep me in this ass backwards state longer than I need to be?”

Again, Mikah does not answer. They continue along the hallway as Kris continues to. Internally she laughs at the fact that doctors and nurses alike take one look at an angry patient in a wheelchair, and try to pretend to be busy to stay out of the line of fire.

Kris: “Don't get me wrong, it would be different if it wasn't a state full of fugly, busted bitches and the guys that could manage to hold back their gag reflex long enough to stick it to them…”

They get to the elevator, and as he said it would be, the door is open and waiting for them. However, problems arise when the group of doctors walking towards them appear to be heading towards the same place. He realizes there is only going to be one way to stop them from joining them on the elevator.

Kris: “Hey, smart guys that manages to get stuck in Arizona instead of a real state, you think you could convince whoever is in charge to hire better looking nurses, or at least competent ones? That way I don't have to do this same shit so many times?”

Two of the three men suddenly make excuses to head off in different directions while one stops, and smiles at Mikah.

Doctor: “I'm sure she's just doing her job. Plus, she's one of our best. You're in good hands.”

Kris rolls his eyes and laughs while Mikah wheels them into the elevator. The doctor that stopped to address them stays on the outside. Mikah spins his chair around to be in front of the door and presses the button for the lobby.

Kris: “...if she is one of your best ones, you got a real fucking problem on your hands. She's prettier than she is smart and at best she's---”

The elevator door closes before he can finish his statement. As soon as it does he stands up from the chair and pushes it out of his way. He turns towards her to see her waiting on him to finish the thought.

Kris: “...nothing short of amazing.”

He can tell she is not buying it, but they did not have time.

Kris: “Take off the scrubs. I am going to need them.”

He shrugs out of the hospital gown, now standing in the middle of the elevator in only boxer shorts, and reaches into the ziploc bag to find a name tag in it that he swiped while being admitted.  She looks at him like he’s crazy as she takes the scrubs off and tosses the shirt at him, following by the pants before adjusting her shorts and tee.

Mikah: “Okay, how did you know that would work?”

She seemed unphased by him being in his boxers, but he is quickly covered. He pulls the scrub top over his head carefully before going to work on the pants. He looks behind him as he goes. They only had two floors.

Mikah: “Or were you just winging it?”

He pulls the top down to cover the tops of the pants that rode a little too low, and then reaches out to the back of Mikah’s head as the elevator slows to a stop. He pulls the thick scrunchie from her hair and holds it in his mouth for a second while he pulls the taped bandage off of his head. The stitches were fresh, and look painful, but he takes the hair tie and puts it around his head like a headband, making sure it covered most of the stitches. As the doors open, he clips the name tag to his shirt and reaches into the ziploc bag again, putting on his glasses.

Kris: “This isn't the first hospital I have broken out of…”

He takes her by the hand, even though she fights it at first, she walks next to him as they step out of the elevator. He turns left, but a large group of people in their way causes him to reverse direction. He looks at the walls for navigation, angling down one without people. He leans over to her, speaking just loud enough for her to hear.

Kris: “Doctors don't pay attention to nurses. They just compliment blindly in hopes of banging one....”

They get to the end of the hallway, only for a few nurses to be walking in the opposite direction. He uses his grip on Mikah’s hand to spin her towards him, resting his head on her shoulder and hugging his arms around her as they pass.

Kris: “I can't believe he didn't pull through! I'm so sorry!”

His faking crying sounds in between the words actually act to speed up the passing nurses. When they are gone, he takes Mikah's hand again and continues down the hallway. He continues explaining in a low voice.

Kris: “Nobody wants to ride in an elevator with an angry patient.... No nurse is going to be dumb enough to interrupt another breaking bad news to a patient's family… no matter how bad they are bombing at it.”

They turn towards the attached parking structure and Mikah finally pulls her hand free of his. Kris steps up and opens the door, motioning for her to to through first.

Kris: “After you…”

She gives him a look, before shaking her head and stepping through the door as she turns back to look at him, making sure that he was okay. He takes the hair scrunchie off of his head, shooting it between a few of the cars.

Kris: “That had blood on it.”

He looks back over at her to catch a scowl from her. He shrugs.

Kris: “I’ll buy you a new one.”

She was at least slightly impressed by how well the escape had gone, not having near as much experience in them as he had.

Mikah:  â€œI haven’t spent a lot of times in hospitals….only after my mi--an incident that wasn’t wrestling related.”

She looks at him before pointing at the stitches on his head.  She only knew the basics of first aid and she knew that it was going to have to be changed.

Mikah:  â€œAnd you need to get that covered back up…”

She smiles softly at him before trying to decide if she needed to reach out to offer to help him walk or not. He reaches up and touches the wound on his head, pulling back his fingertips and rubbing them together.

Kris: “I can grab a first aid kit at the airport. Can you drop me off?”

She widens her eyes at him a bit before folding her arms over her chest.

Mikah:  â€œI may not know all the ins and outs of escaping a hospital because that’s not me, but I’m pretty sure that you’re NOT supposed to fly after what you went through.  And with a gash like that and I’m probably guessing a concussion?  That’s just a guess.  Your match was brutal and I don’t think you should be getting on an airplane anytime soon.”

She keeps her arms folded over her chest as she looks at him. She didn’t care if she was acting ‘motherly’ or not.

Mikah:  â€œSo, I can take you to one of two places: a hotel or back up to the hospital room.”

She gives him a look. He shakes his head back and forth and the look of panic comes back to his face.

Kris: “I'm not going back up there….”

He shakes his head and there is a legitimate sense of fear in his eyes.

Kris: “Please don't make me go back up there…”

She frowns, the panic and fear in his eyes.

Mikah:  â€œWhy?  What was going on up there that you don’t want to partake in?”

She wasn’t understanding it but she knew that there was some reason he didn’t want to go.  And she hated hospitals too, but she had never been like that. He opens his mouth to answer sarcastically but closes it without a word. He looks around, and then back to her, shrugging and holding his arms out to his side.

Kris: “Want do you want me to say?”

He turns away from her and kicks at the ground. He takes a few steps, looking down.

Kris: “This doesn't leave this parking lot….”

She nods her head, a small smile crossing her face.

Mikah:  â€œOkay…”

She looks at him, trying to be patient with him and let the empathy she felt reach her eyes and let her guard down, if only a little. He takes a deep breath, turning back towards her.

Kris: “If I get caught with drugs in my system again, I lose. No more chances. I get divorced. My kids get taken. I get fired. No questions.”

She opens her mouth to ask a question, but Kris already has the answer ready for her.

Kris: “Last time it happened we signed a bunch of papers that don't have dates on them. As soon as I fail a test they get dated and filed.”

He turns back towards the entrance to the hospital, pointing at the door.

Kris: “I told them, and I told them, and I told them. I disconnected my IV twice. I said no over and over again. They just kept coming. Kept asking.”

He shakes his head, his eyes watering slightly.

Kris: “I wasn't going to be able to keep saying no… and one slip… I’ve been there before. All it takes is once and it's just a matter of time before I go all the way back down to the bottom.”

He shakes his head, his bottom lip shaking.

Kris: “I can't go back in there.”

Mikah:  â€œOkay...you don’t have to go back in there, I promise.”

She bites onto her bottom lip, chewing on it for a moment or two.

Mikah:  â€œBut I don’t think taking you to the airport is a good idea either…”

She looks at him and then looks around before moving to the rental car she’d been driving around since her time there.

Mikah:  â€œSo, do you have any other ideas?”

She turns her eyes back to him, looking for a suggestion. He pulls off his glasses and wipes at his eyes, shaking his head.

Kris: “I don't need one.”

He puts his glasses back on his face, and manages a smile.

Kris: “An airport isn't going to let me on a regular flight. I don't need a regular flight though.”

She looks confused, and the smile falls from his face.

Kris: “Oh my god! You didn't watch my announcement when I came back to SCW, did you?!”

She shrugs her shoulders a bit sheepishly.  She looks around, avoiding eye contact for a few seconds.

Mikah:  â€œUm...that was a long time ago. I might have missed it.."

She chews on her bottom lip a little more, her cheeks flushing pink.  She looks at him before sighing and digging the car keys out of her pocket, playing with them.

Kris: “Scottsdale Airport. It's only about twenty minutes away…. and nobody is going to kick me off of the Jet City jet for being too beat up to fly.”

She blushes a little at not knowing that. She nods her head before pointing over to a silver Mercedes Benz. He stumbles a little, but Mikah is quick to come to his side, ducking under one of his arms to help him to the car. He pulls open the passenger side door, and she attempts to help him into the seat, but he stops, bringing his other arm up and around her in a hug.

Kris: “Thank you…”

He pulls back from her, and she silently nods, helping him down into the seat and closing the door.


============================
============================




ON-CAMERA
Long Beach, CA
23 June 2017
2:25 PM PDT




”Oh, I have been waiting for the right time to do this for such a long time….”

We open on Kris. The side of his face is still mostly covered by a bruise that had little chance of fully resolving itself in time for Climax Control. The line stitches on his head were covered by an orange band-aid with the word PURE written across it. Every time he looked in the mirror, he was reminded that the pain was better than his alternative.

”Polly… fucking… Playtime...”

He laughs, clearly enjoying himself. He is laying back against the windshield of his car, sitting on the hood. The car faces a fence, and the camera pans towards it slightly to show that he is sitting just outside of an airport, at the end of a runway.

”Fuck your olive branch. Fuck your vendetta against Mikah. Fuck your short-lived Bombshell Championship reign that you didn’t earn or deserve. Fuck your entire existence. You are a waste of a spot on the card. I don’t care how much management might sing your praises. To be completely honest, if you didn’t look the way that you do, you would have never gotten handed the opportunities that you got. And before you think that I’m impersonating Steve Ramone and making bullshit, baseless claims, let’s look at the tale of the tape. You’re a two time flop champion and you’re the reason that I didn’t win Blast From The Past this year. Even worse, you took the fall that got us eliminated from the tournament. You are the one that came up short after talking such a huge game in the weeks heading into the first round. What did you get after that? A main event shot and a fluke win to walk away with the top prize for the Bombshells. Where did I go? Straight to the bottom of the card and treated like shit for a few weeks. I don’t know what you did to get out of that punishment, but I applaud you because you must have all kinds of skills that we don’t get to see in the ring.”

His own laughter cuts him off and it takes him a few moments to compose himself.

”And you just love that bitch personality you try and put on. You act entitled. You act like you are some younger, better version of the person standing next to me in this match. I have some bad news for you, you come up a lot short. See it doesn’t matter is Mark and Christian let you pick your matches and book yourself in a few matches, it doesn’t change the fact that you can’t win. You aren’t going to beat Mikah. You can’t. If you could, you would have the first time, or the second time, you tried. One thing I can assure you is that this third time isn’t going to be your charm.”

He slides down the hood of the car, landing on his feet, and taking a few short steps to the fence, looking at a few of the planes getting into position for takeoff. He turns, putting his back against the fence to look into the camera.

”Imitation might be the sincerest form of flattery, but there’s never been an imitation better than the original. You don’t find celebrity impersonators getting cast in movie roles instead of the people they can kind of act or look like. That is all you are though. An impersonator. I feel sorry for Ryan, because unfortunately for him, my tag team partner is the real thing. She’s going to beat your ass at Climax Control, and then again at Summer XXXtreme when you get your second title rematch for whatever reason. Best of all, this time around I get a front row seat. I hope I get to watch her choke you out. That would make this whole painful week worth living. That would make this match that I’m not 100% for worth attending.”

He holds up his hand, shaking them back and forth before people get the wrong idea.

”...and I know that I am not going to be allowed to lay a finger on her. That’s why I said I’m just going to be happy to be there to witness it. I have someone else to worry about. Someone else to prepare for. Someone that I apparently have to break a promise to.”

He puts his hand on his chest and sighs heavily, shaking his head as the smile fades off of his face.

”Ryan, before our fight at Into The Void I said that if I won, I would make sure that you got a shot at this title one on one. I didn’t want anyone to be in the middle of us. There was no doubt in anyone’s mind that we were the only two people with a chance to walk out of Into The Void with the Roulette Championship, and because of that, I told you that I would give you the first shot if I won. Unfortunately Mark and Christian weren’t feeling that idea, and chose to have me silence Steve Ramone first. I thought after that match happened that maybe it meant we were finally going to get our chance, but then they inserted another undeserving loudmouth into the match. Now that match becomes about which one of us is going to take out Travis Andrews. That’s not what I wanted. I wanted us to go one on one, however the wheel decided, and put on the match of the year. I should have made that match happen back on the 11th, but I got lost in everything that happened that night. For that, I’m sorry. I let you down.”

He seems sincere enough, and he pauses for a second, staring into the camera in the hopes that everyone would take him seriously for once. Once the moment passes, he raises up his index finger.

”....but there is the matter of the match this week before we get to that point. This will be our third time Ryan. We went one on one and I walked out the winner. We had our Ultimate X match, and I walked out with the Roulette Championship. Now we have this mixed tag team match. It sucks to be the one to have to tell you, but the result is not going to be any different this time around… but just like what I told you at Into The Void, it’s not going to be your fault when I win. That night you had a couple of hacks taking up the spotlight in a match that should have been just between us. This Sunday you share the ring with someone that will talk down to you, and then cost you everything. Believe me. I’ve been there.”

Kris runs his fingers through his hair, sighing heavily.

”I like you Ryan, so I’m trying really hard not to be mean here. Trust me when I tell you that you can’t rely on Polly though. She has proven that she’s not better than Mikah. She’s proven that when she gets thrown in a mixed tag match she’s a liability. I know you might not believe me. I bought into her bullshit when she was standing next to me on the apron. I even agreed to be part of her little self-promoting segments. I thought we had a chance. Then she got pinned by a retiree. If that’s the level of skill she has in the ring, it’s no wonder she keeps getting dominated by Mikah.”

He shrugs, offering a compromise between the two.

”So here’s what I’m thinking Ryan. I’m thinking we start this match, and we go all the way to the end. We don’t get our chance to go head-to-head at Summer XXXtreme. We have a third wheel. However, if you don’t tag Polly, and I don’t tag Mikah, we get our chance to throw everything we have at each other. I know you might be a little hesitant to take me up on it given my current condition...”

He turns his face to the side, and takes a step closer to the camera so that the bruising is evident.

”...but I’ve been in worse shape than I am now. That’s not me talking out of my ass either. I might be a little sore, a little worse for wear, but the one thing that I am is clear-headed. I know what my limits are, and I’m ready for you. It’s okay though, if you conscience gets the best of you, it just means I get to stand on the apron and watch my co-host beat Polly’s ass up close and personal. Either way I win. The ball is in your court. I guess I’ll get your answer when the bell rings.”


64
Climax Control Archives / Consider It A Dare
« on: June 16, 2017, 11:57:33 PM »
 OFF-CAMERA
Jet City, WA
16 June 2017
8:59 PM PDT




”I feel like it is a champion’s mentality to actually care about all of the people that stand across the ring from them. For instance, even if the most talentless person in the world stands across from you, you should always try to hype the fight. Always come prepared. Always have something ready to say if they have some insult to hurl your direction. No matter who it is, a champion should be able to make something out of nothing. A champion should be able to pull a fan out of the crowd and have a high quality match.”

The video starts with a shot of Kris sitting behind a desk. Behind him are separate pictures of Violet Ripley, Parker Wayde, and his brother Jason, all taken after they won championships. The pictures of all three head trainers are a dead giveaway that we are in the back office of the Jet City Sports Lab. To the surprise of no one, the name on the placard that sits on the desk reads “Phillip Ripley” not Kristopher Halich. That is also probably the reason that he is nonchalant in the way he sits. He has the office chair leaned all the way backwards, his feet on the desk on top of what are probably important papers that he had not bothered to clear off. Finally, the thing that most all of the viewers notice before anything else, is the Roulette Championship draped over his shoulder, and pinned to his chest by his crossed arms.

”Here’s the thing… none of that sounds like me.”

He sighs heavily, shaking his head. He looks back at the pictures on the walls behind him, raising his left hand to point up at them.

”It sounds like them. It sounds like the things that they tell people that come into this place to hone their craft. Don’t get me wrong, it is good advice to give to the newbies. Anything that can keep that magical glint in their eyes a little bit longer is worth saying. It is only a matter of time before the majority of them fall to the wayside and get forgotten. Not everyone is meant to be a superstar. Every major training facility in this country has at least a handful of students. If I asked all of you at home to write down the names of twenty people that debuted in the last year and were worth paying attention to, I bet none of you could. So every single training facility will make people bust their asses, all while giving them some kind of idealistic view of how things work. There’s a reason that I am not a trainer here. It is the same reason that I never trained in a place like this. That being, none of that shit sounds anything like me at all. It doesn’t sound like something that anyone would believe if it was coming out of my mouth in some half-sincere way. It is not something that anyone would expect me to buy into. I am the guy that used to come to shows so fucked up that I couldn’t remember that I was even booked, remember? You think that I am the guy that could pull some fat, uncharismatic fan out of the audience and entertain people with the match we would put on?”

The thought actually draws a laugh out of him. He pulls his feet down off the table, knocking some of the papers onto the floor as he does. However, he does not even glance down at them before continuing.

”It’s totally okay that a lot of you just chuckled and said ‘fuck no’ to your computer screens. I’m not going to hold it against you, because you’re absolutely right. I’m not that person. I’m not those people...”

Without turning back to the pictures, he points back over his shoulder at them.

”Let’s be totally honest. If I were to pull a fan out of the audience, it would not be for a match. It would be to explain why wrestling them would be a better alternative to fighting boring ass Steve Ramone for a sixth time. It would be to draw comparisons to the Mean Girls or their male counterparts when the person had nothing interesting to say, no real ability to speak of, and spent ten minutes wasting everyone’s time. I mean for Christ’s sake, I am the guy that constantly gets told that I cross too many lines on social media. I am the guy that is being billed opposite Mikah Green to shred the entire roster on the SCW website on Saturday nights. I am not the guy that is going to build up anybody, least of all someone that is not worth my effort, or the screen time that this match is going to get.”

He shrugs, unapologetically, getting up from the chair. The suddenness of his movement sends the chair rolling backwards into one of the bookshelves behind the desk. The impact that it makes knocks over half of the stuff on a shelf right at eye-level. The noise it makes startles him, but after finding the source of the sound, he blows it off and turns back to the camera without fixing it.

”Joshua Acquin is a waste of my time, and my effort, but if this was the first time we were facing them, I might give him a little more credit. If it was the first or second time I was facing him, maybe I would be a little bit worried. If the last time that I beat him was more than two months ago, I might prepare a little. However, I have beaten this man twice, and on both occasions he did little more than walk down to the ring before my hand was raised and I added another win to my record. He wasn’t a challenge to me when he was part of a championship level tag team. He wasn’t a challenge to me at Climax Control 178 when I pinned him in the middle of the ring. Why should I care now? What has changed?”

He comes around to the front of the desk as he talks, turning Phillip’s name tag upside upside down before leaning against the desk. He waits for the audience to give him an answer, without a chance for response, before breaking down his own question.

”Well for me, I have a little bit more to carry around with me these days….”

He rolls his shoulder to draw the fan’s attention to the Roulette Championship that hangs from it. His eyes only linger on it for a second before he raises his index finger to his cheek, tapping it a few times like he is trying to think.

”Let’s see… what else...”

He snaps his fingers, having some kind of epiphany and pointing at the camera.

”Oh yeah! That is right. I haven’t lost any matches. I won the Roulette Championship. I defended the Roulette Championship. I hosted one of the most talked about Climax Control’s ever as a celebration for my birthday. I got given a show on SCW programming with the best looking female on this entire roster. I booked the main event of the very show where I embarrass this waste of human potential for a third time… Oh, and I am part of a group that contains half of the champions in this company. I guess I have been a little busy after all. What about Acquin?”

Kris does not hold back this time, nor does he wait for a response that cannot possibly come.

”Of course, I mean other than losing everything that he participates in, getting embarrassed by an unbooked Calvin Harris at Into The Void, and bitching about the fact that he does not get the same opportunities as other people. I cannot believe that I am about to say these words, but it is like he is a less talented Travis Andrews….”

He shakes his head, not liking the sound of that one.

”He is like a less successful Gabriel Asar….”

Kris waits, giving the audience time to collectively ask who the hell that even is.

”...and in case none of you remember exactly who that is, that’s kinda my point. Acquin’s one claim to fame is the fact that he was tag team champion here a couple times for a combined three months, the last of which more than two years ago. In case you don’t realize how long two years is, let me help out. Two years ago Dying Breed was good enough to be tag champions, and earlier this year Jet City wiped our asses with them. Mikah was just starting out as one of the most dominant Bombshell Champions in this company’s history. The Mean Girls were actually a little interesting. I hadn’t knocked up Liz Smalls and removed her from all of your lives yet. I could go on, and on, about all of the people that were relevant back then that none of you can even remember today, but I have made my point. Things were much different two years ago. A lot has changed. That means that people like Joshua Acquin don’t matter anymore. The world has moved on. ”

It seemed like the typical place that Kris would lay off, but something about today was different. When he laughs, there is no joy in it. He seems more irritated than anything else.

”You know what hasn’t changed about this world though? What hasn’t changed is that I was good enough to beat this guy’s ass two years ago, I proved that I was still more than capable just a few shows ago, and yet this guy is still opposite me on the card. Leading up to Into The Void, everyone but Ryan Keys was saying that I had to be sucking dick to get into the match. They said I was undeserving. Yet, I won that match. Then I went on to beat Steve Ramone to complete the hat-trick of back-to-back-to-back matches and victories against that fucking guy. I get excited to have my birthday to kick back, make some jokes, and refresh, only to be booked against the last fucking guy I beat before those matches.”

He stops, taking a deep breath and trying to calm himself. It does not have any impact on his mood though. If anything, dwelling on the idea for the extra couple of seconds just make him more angry.

”He’s fucking terrible. Put that shit on record. Christian? Mark? You guys paying attention? I know you’re back this week, so you better be listening. I tried to make this match a title match, or at least toss in some Roulette rules just to make it interesting for me. Honestly, I don’t know why either of you constantly waste time shoving this kind of person down our throats. I mean the list of people demanding title shots is long. Why though? Probably because when people bitch, you both cave. How many people in this company have to tell you to kick those types to the curb before you listen? How many of us have to bitch about having to beat down the same hacks every couple of weeks? When are you both going to find a set of balls and tell them to go fuck themselves? Are you really too blind to see that people like Travis Andrews come back and demand title matches because that shit seems to work with you two? Anyone can cut a few promos demanding shit that they haven’t earned. The true test of management is ignoring it and booking things that people want to see. Rest assured, the last thing that they want to see is Joshua Acquin in a ring… at all… let alone against a champion. Nobody cares. Nobody is interested.”

He stands up on his feet, taking a step away from the desk.

”People like me are starting to realize that while we bust ass, other’s are line hopping. While people like Chelsea and I had to work our way up from show openers, people like Veronica Taylor get handed things based on the fact that she is in a group that used to be popular. Can anyone tell me what the last time was that she showed any effort or talent at all? Where was she at on the card for Into The Void, though? People sit around wondering why SCW seems off of everyone’s radar. It’s because the people that get chances here, are the same people that are jokes everywhere else. All anyone has to do is pay attention to social media to notice that.”

He shrugs, finally starting to calm down.

”But, to reuse the phrase, here’s the thing...”

He turns around one of the chairs in front of the desk to be facing the camera, and takes a seat.

”....the booking decisions, different talentless members of this roster, the history of this company, and the standing of this company in the minds of those in this industry aren’t really any of my concern. It’s not my job to police this company. Sure, it is frustrating. Sure, it pisses me off from time to time. However, come Sunday, I get every chance in the world to do something about it. Earlier this week I begged you guys to make this Roulette rules. I begged you to let me put my title on the line. Now I’m begging you to do the opposite. If you throw the rulebook out the window, if you put my title on the line, I am going to beat Joshua Acquin so far into the ground that I am never going to have to say his name again.”

He raises his left hand to point, with his index finger, at his own face.

”If you think this is some kind of joke, look at my face. This isn’t ‘Kris being funny’ or ‘Kris being Kris’. This is me telling you that if you do that, all of the things that piss me off about this company, and the people in it, are going to be dumped onto Acquin, and your ring crew is going to have to come out and scrape him off of the mat.”

He laughs.

”Consider it a dare.”


65
Climax Control Archives / No New Tricks
« on: June 02, 2017, 05:31:28 PM »
 2 June 2017
Jet City Sports Lab
11:57AM PDT
[OFF-CAMERA]



Kris collapses in the center of the ring, lying on his back and looking up at the skylights that line the roof of the Jet City Sports Lab. A towel flies up and into the ring from the floor outside the six sided ring and lands across Kris’ face. His first reaction is to leave it there. He had been pushing himself hard today to work off a week of doing absolutely nothing productive. It was Friday, and the first day of the work week that he had even dragged himself into the Lab. However, when he hears someone grunt with the mild pain that came from rolling under the bottom rope and into the ring, he snatches the towel from his face and looks in the direction of the sound.

”Your girlfriend said you weren’t allowed to get in the ring anymore ever since you bitched on Twitter about the not being able to finish the peg board.”

Coby Quik, one of the two men responsible for the day-to-day functioning of the gym was on his feet and rapidly approaching Kris. The Roulette Champion does not make a move to get off of his back. After all, Coby was not anywhere close to 100%. The former champion in his own right was less than two months removed from surgery to put the whole left side of his face back together. The painful grunting sound told Kris that Coby's ribs were not fully healed either. Even if smaller man was pissed off, Kris knew he was smarter than to take a shot in his condition.

”Look asshole, I get that you own the place, but you have to get out of the way. No way we are going to keep people around if you are always roping off shit for personal use.”

Kris laughs, wiping at his face and then tossing the towel at Coby. The younger, and much faster man, snatches it out of the air, but its dampness makes him immediately regret his decision. His hand opens in response to his disgust, and the towel falls in a heap back to the mat.

”I haven’t even been here all week. This was my first day. I needed to work out. You guys said you needed me here. Two birds.”

Coby shakes his head, looking out across the busy gym. Nearby there were a group of students anxiously awaiting the result of the conversation the two men in the ring were having.

”It’s not two birds if you’re not actually helping do anything that we need you to do. You are just in the way, and you’re going to have to take on all fives of these guys, teach this class, or vacate the area if you don’t want to start handing out refunds.”

Kris turns his head towards the mob without making any effort to get up.

”I could totally teach a class.”

The comment gets a loud, sarcastic laugh from Coby who actually turns away from the crowd in order to do so. He shakes his head, looking down at his employer.

”As someone that has never been formally trained in any kind of fighting, what do you have to offer them?”

Kris sits up, the look of offense on his face would have intimidated someone that did not know him as well as Coby did.

”I will have you know that I have mastered more than twenty unique fighting styles in this week alone!”

Coby barely waits for him to finish before countering his point with the reality of what he was talking about.

”Learning button combinations for all the characters in Injustice 2 does not count as learning a fighting style.”

Kris shrugs, always having an answer for everything.

”Tell that to the crazy Korean people that are building arenas in order to watch people play video games.”

Coby nods, knowing better than to argue with Kris in any kind of fair way. It was a waste of time to attempt to speak to him rationally. A conversation with Kris was a lot like hydroplaning. It was better to just steer into the skid.

”I’ll do that next time I’m there. Now get the hell out of the ring and go do any of the fifty things that need done around here.”

Coby reaches down, and Kris reluctantly takes his hand, allowing himself to be pulled up from the mat. As Kris rises to his feet, he leans in close to Coby, basically whispering into his ear.

"Pass..."

Instead of further arguing with Coby, Kris moves past him, a smile on his face, to address the group of men that were standing by.

”My pint-sized compatriot has informed me that all of you are a bunch of bitches, which makes you perfect stand-ins for Steve Ramone.”

Coby looks down at the mat, his shoulders slumping in defeat. He had hoped that Kris would go quietly so that he could get on with the class. However, the nagging voice in the back of his head told him that something like this would happen before he ever got into the ring. He speaks under his breath so that only Kris could hear him.

”Some of them wrestled in college….”

Kris turns his head, listening to Coby’s words, but not responding to him with anything more than an eyeroll. Instead, he gets louder, trying to sell the students on a fight.

”Here’s what we’re going to do! You guys want to know how to prepared for a fight, right? Well what happens when your plan starts to spin out of control? What happens when you face someone who is unpredictable because they lack all of the training that you have spent so much money getting? Do any of you think that you could handle stepping into the ring and not having any idea what you are walking into?

He looks back over his shoulder at Coby and nods down at the Roulette Championship in a corner close to him. Coby crosses to it, scooping it up, and tossing it to Kris. The champion catches it with one hand and then drapes it over the ropes, putting it on display for all of the students.

"I know what I would do. It's kind of my job. I'm the champion of not having a plan and going with the flow. I am the master of just taking what my opponent gives me and biding my time until I find an opening. Now, all of you came here expecting to be talked at by a cripple. You expected to maybe pick up some techniques you could apply to your own set of skills. I say fuck all that. How about instead you each come up with a stipulation while you get ready, then step into this ring with me, one at a time, and try your luck?”

Coby chuckles, but the group starts to chatter among themselves. They all seem receptive to the idea, and Coby had to give it to Kris. It was actually a pretty intelligent idea. Kris was going to turn an angry mob into a makeshift roulette wheel. He gets no preparation for the rules, and anyone could pick something unique. The junior trainer nods a few times and walks up to Kris, patting him on the shoulder. His voice is still low so that it did not carry to the students who were already starting to get ready.

”Two birds, huh? You know, you’re actually pretty smart when you’re clear headed.”

Kris does not take his eyes away from the group of men, sizing them all up and trying to game plan his way through the handful of match-ups at the same time. When he responds, it is out of the corner of his mouth, and only for Coby’s ears.

”Remember you said that.”



======================================================
======================================================
======================================================



2 June 2017
Jet City Sports Lab
11:12PM PDT
[ON-CAMERA]


It is after hours at the Jet City Sports Lab. A camera sits in the middle of the six sided ring, facing one of the corners where Kris sits on top of the top turnbuckle. He is a little worse for wear, breathing heavily with his hair damp from sweat.

”First title defenses are huge...”

He is looking down at the mat, his fingers laced together in his lap. Since the tripod that the camera is sitting on is on the mat, Kris is actually at an angle above it. It gives a full view of his face, and the fans can see his smile as he remembers back to the other championships he has won in Sin City Wrestling.

”I mean I guess with the Internet Championship my first defense was actually against Kain at Mayhem in Morocco but you can’t count that. I didn’t even technically win, just got lucky and retained on a technicality. I can hardly remember that night. However, I can remember what it was like walking into the main event at Climax Control a couple of weeks later for my real first defense against Goth. I knew what was riding on the match. I knew the person that I was going head-to-head with was more than formidable. I knew that everyone expected me to lose. However, just over two years ago, I walked in as a paper champion and walked out as someone that needed to be paid attention to. Winning that match was the beginning of the end for my time in The Nobodies. It was when I first realized that I could be something, and somebody, in this business. It was the first real title defense of my career.  Had my priorities been a little different back there, we could be having an entirely different conversation right now...”

He shakes his head as the rest of the story plays out in his mind. The happy parts were few and far between, with a whole lot of bad decision making and poor life choices. It was like that, until last year.

”My light almost went out after that too. If I would have never come back, I would probably be one of those names that sound familiar but you can’t really place. I would be an afterthought, and not even a good one. I was synonymous with not showing up, or showing up and not being functional enough to compete to the best of my ability. That changed when I got a phone call from my brother last October. We signed our contracts on Halloween. We were champions by the middle of November.”

He looks up and raises his arms out to his sides to gesture towards the gym.

”That SCW Tag Team Championship reign that built all of this. There is no Jet City Sports Lab without Jet City winning those tag team championships, and there is no Kris Halc in SCW right now without Jet City. That's the thing that turned by career around. Jet City took those championships from The Elders and held them until the moment that Jason didn’t have anything left in the tank, but nothing can take away the feeling of walking into a no disqualification match at Inception II and kicking the shit out of the Unholy Alliance for our first defense. Scores of people called us undeserving, fluke champions, but we proved that night that we were a force to be reckoned with. It took the entire division to beat us and rip the titles out of Jet City when the time came. That had to happen for me to be sitting here in front of you right now though. James Tuscini and Steve Ramone would have all of you believe that my run in the SCW tag division should have no bearing on what happens in the singles divisions, but I proved that theory wrong a couple of weeks ago.”

He shrugs, the smile on his face not wavering.

”... but I had to redefine myself. The Nobodies was about not being recognized. The Internet Championship taught me that there was life outside of my brother’s shadow. Being The Accident showed me that I could be myself and people would pay attention. The Tag Team Championships taught me that no matter how many people think you’re done, there’s always another chance to be had. Now...”

He turns slightly on the turnbuckle and grabs the SCW Roulette Championship off of the post behind him and holds it out to the camera.

”...now I’m proving that it’s possible to go back and right all of those wrongs. I spent years kicking myself over the fact that I couldn’t win this championship. I took loss after loss chasing it before. I was thrown in a dumpster, I was thrown off of cages. I was beaten unconscious. However, like I was saying a minute ago, my priorities were shit. The things that I thought mattered, didn’t. The things that I thought were expendable, or just a means to an end, were the ones that were the most important. My skewed sense of reality robbed me of my chance to hold this championship years ago. I promised you all when I first came back that I was going to fix it. A lot of you said that it couldn’t be done...”

He pauses, looking like he is fighting the urge to break into laughter.

”...and as much as it would be the right thing to do to tell all of you that I did it for you, these days I feel like ‘I told you so’ is more fitting. I told you all that I was going to come back and hold this championship. I told all of you that I was going to change the way you thought about me. I told all of you that I was going to walk into New York, a city that I hate, and walk away with this championship, and I did just that. So, from the absolute bottom of my heart, I SO fucking told every single one of you. Even better, now I have the proof that says I was right all along, and every one of you were wrong.”

He hops down off of the turnbuckle, slinging the championship over his shoulder and displaying it proudly as he takes a few steps out of the corner.

”But who, pray tell, was the most wrong?”

He taps his index finger on his lips, pretending to be seriously considering who the culprit is.

”I guess if it’s anyone, it’s Steve Ramone. I mean this guy has been at it all along? I would say that he was talking down to me from the moment I came back, but it would be a lie. Truth be told, I wasn’t even on his radar until after I put my name and the word ‘roulette’ in the same sentence. He has been so hyper focused on getting title shots, failing most, and watching my championship slip further, and further, out of his fingers. I’m sure it actually goes on for much longer than even I realize. I mean this time last year he was pretty much doing the same thing, right? It’s kind of sad when you think about it. I mean, here I was going on and on about the success in my personal life and career over the last year. I rambled there for a second about how I have adapted and reinvented my game at every step of my career just a few minutes ago. How depressing is it that Steve Ramone finds himself in the exact same shoes today as he was last year? How embarrassing is it that he has apparently learned nothing in all of that time?”

He pauses to let the questions sink in, but doesn’t dwell on them too long. The answer was clear, and giving the viewers at home too much time to think was never a good thing.

”And THAT was the answer that I searched for after this match was announced. If any of you have seen me talk on Twitter, you have seen that I’m not really concerned with how difficult this match could end up being. I spent the entire week taking some personal time and celebrating my victory with some much needed rest and relaxation. After all, even without a match last week, I had more screen time than just about anybody else. I mean I was doing interviews, flirting with married women, and joining The Black Sheep. People might kno---”

This time he has to cut himself off, shake the thought away, and then refocus. That was not a particular tangent that he wanted to get off on. It would just take him further and further away from his point. The Black Sheep had little to do with the task at hand come time for Climax Control, and wasting his time talking about them now would not do him any favors.

”The thing that I realized about Steve Ramone is that he is stuck in the same place that he has been for as long as I can remember. From the first time that I beat him, the guy has really only been focused on one thing. In his entire career, he has struggled to take claim of the Roulette Championship. He fights to maintain his place at the bottom of the roster, and whines his way into Mark or Christian taking pity on him to shut him up. The problem in, he never shows us anything that captures the imagination of the fans. He never says anything deeper than thinly veiled sexual innuendo, or generic insults. Steven Ramone is the textbook example of someone that has become stagnant. For years he has been wading in the ocean, waiting for his arms and leg to give out so that he can finally be put out of our misery, and maybe that day is going to come this weekend."

Instead of trying to back off of the claims, as would have been typical of Jet City, Kris doubles down without his brother to balance the equation.

"That mind sound a little harsh, and you people are probably wondering why I would say things that would just enrage their opponent and give them more of a reason to win. It is not good strategy to hand out your strategy to your opponent and call them out on their biggest flaw. That is not to say that my doing so puts me in any kind of danger of losing though. See, Steve is no James Bond. We are not playing some giant chess game with words. There is no new and exciting plan for him to win this match that is going to wow the audience. There are no fifth or sixth gear for Steve to shift into when he cannot keep up with me. This is a guy that is just cruising along, never moving up the food chain, and never doing anything innovative. It is the same old shit. I see it. Everyone sees it. I’m sure even his entourage of metal heads and film prostitutes see it and are just too afraid to tell him.”

Another shrug. However, this time half of the smile on his face seems to disappear. Each word seems to get more smug and condescending, and the smile shrinks to the signature cocky smirk.

”How is that the key to beating him? That doesn’t take rocket science. If you have a person who hasn’t done anything new or original in the last few years, you know exactly how to beat them. All you have to do is find a person that is undefeated against him in those three years. You find a person who has never even come close to losing against him. You find a person so talented that Steve Ramone’s chances of winning are worse than us seeing a return from that rookie that got embarrassed by Calvin Harris at Into The Void. What is the key to beating Steve Ramone? Someone that has beaten Steve Ramone without even breaking a sweat. It doesn’t matter if he tapped out, got pinned, or had the match end with me grabbing the championship like I did a few weeks ago. Steve has nothing new to show me. He has nothing that is going to surprise or shock me. Everything that he has in his arsenal, he has already thrown at me in a match, and he hasn’t managed to win even one of them. Why don't I need to spend every moment preparing for this match? Because I have already put in all of the legwork. I know what it takes to beat him, and I have done it every single time I have tried to. I won this match and retained my title from the moment that the card was announced.”

Kris hunches down in front of the camera, raising his championship up so that the face plate takes up most of the frame.

”Get a good look at it Steve. Until I am done with this championship, this is as close as you are ever going to get. You have no hope of taking this from me, and after I beat you one-on-one, for the second time in a little over a month, you won’t have any more reasons to be running your mouth about me. I can’t say that I’m not going to be relieved. There are a lot of untalented people that have my name on their minds, so scratching one off of the list will be a relief.”

He pulls the championship back, but continues to let it hang from his hand instead of re-shouldering it.

"Only 132 days left to go."

With that, the camera cuts off to static.

66
Supercard Archives / Keys Vs Ramone vs Tuscini Vs Halc
« on: May 12, 2017, 08:39:06 PM »
 
The scene opens with Kris standing in an alleyway. The sounds of the cars on the backside of the camera are more than enough to give the impression of a busy city. Kris stands dead center in the middle of the path, a dumpster to his left, and what looks like piles of old newspapers waist-high on his right. Next to the dumpster, is a beaten up garage door that had to be fifty years old. For a second, he quietly takes in his surroundings, letting the viewers do the same without his words distracting them.

”I hate New York City….”
>It is a bold statement considering that Into The Void is now just days away, and will be taking place just eighteen blocks from where he currently stands. Something seems different about him. This place has him on edge.


”That shouldn't bother any of you. A lot of people hate this place, and for all kinds of different reasons. Maybe they like driving, and you cannot really do that here. Maybe it is too crowded, or too unsafe to raise a family. This city never sleeps, but most people actually enjoy the downtime so they find that NYC is not for them. People might hate that this place is always changing. You go to a nice restaurant on a Monday, only for it to be turned into a coffee shop by Wednesday. For every person that says they hate it here, there is the possibility of a totally unique reason for it. There are millions of reasons to hate any given place. I trust that none of you will think less of me for giving you my honest opinion.”

He shrugs, clearly still trying to warm up to the place.

”I guess it is worth explaining that my reason for hating this place has nothing to do with any of those things, or really anything outside of this alley.”

He holds his arms out to his sides.

”To the surprise of no one, for six months, I called this place home.”

The camera follows Kris as he crosses over to the beaten garage door. He reaches down to the ground to lift it, however the door gets stuck three-quarters of the way up. It was far enough to make his point though. Right at eye-level, the door was tagged with five letters.

K-Halc

The inside of the garage is dark, but the light that manages to sneak under the door shows that it is empty except for a mattress on the floor. There was no door to access the building that it was attached to. The whole space gave off the feeling of a long-forgotten-about storage room. Kris takes his hand off of the door, and though it strains, it manages to stay up. Looking at his hands, he smacks his palms together a few times and moves away from the door to the stack of newspapers. He picks one of them off of the top, and starts wiping off his hands.

”The only person that knew about this place before now was Clarissa Ashford. I’m not sure how many of you will even remember her, but she was my manager back in the day when I was carrying around the SCW Internet Championship. We were on the world tour then, but one of our flights had us staying over in the city for almost an entire day while we were waiting on the plane. I dipped out, headed right down there….”

The camera turns to follow the way he is pointing. At the end of the alleyway, across the street, is a Starbucks, directly facing the alley. The camera does not linger on it for very long before returning to Kris. As it does, he is tossing the newspaper he used to wipe his hands into the dumpster.

”... I got some coffee and I sat in the window, staring at this place, but I didn’t know why. In fact, I didn’t know why until just recently. At this point, most all of you know the big details of my past. SCW has not laid off how sketchy I was before coming back in October. The facts about my random coming and going in the company, and my lack of effort through it all is well documented. So, there is absolutely no big secret regarding how I came to live here. I got sent to rehab. I got kicked out of rehab. If my brother found me, I was going back, and I had no interest in that. What else could I do but find a place to lay low? This was it. Nobody bothered me, and I did not bother anyone else. I did what I wanted to do, and nobody even knew I was here. I’m not going to lie and say I didn’t enjoy myself. There was only one thing in the world that I needed back then, and I had it. It didn’t matter that nights got cold. It didn’t matter that at any point, whoever owns this building could have come down and randomly checked out the storage space and I would have definitely been arrested….”

He leans back against the dumpster.

”What I couldn’t understand years ago, while sitting in that coffee shop, is that I was still the same person that I was when I lived here. As far as I had gone in my life, even while holding the SCW Internet Championship, I was still the person that would have been happiest being homeless in an alley with my most favorite thing in the world. I didn’t understand it then because I was still on the hook. However, when I got here today, it was different. Last time I was looking across the street, at an alley that felt like home still. I felt like I could come over here, open up the door, and happily fall back into this life. When I got here today, it was the opposite. It is difficult to be here. It is difficult to imagine the person that I used to be. I know now that I can’t go back to that. Not because I wouldn't enjoy it, but because I have an entirely different set of priorities these days. What this place represents is not what I want most in the world anymore, and that is why it makes sense for me to be talking to all of you from right here.”

He pushes away from the dumpster, kicking an empty can on the ground and sending it flying past the camera and out of his path. He starts to pace back and forth across the alley, despite the fact that it could not be more than ten feet wide.

”Last week I went all over the place, cutting promos from places that made sense for all of my opponemts. I had just beaten Steve inside the six-sided ring, so I talked to him from there. Since James has been doing his best impression of a shitty professor, I went to a classroom and sat down. Since the most compelling this about Ryan Keys is what he is, or is not wearing, I cut a promo from a closet. This week, is about me. Just like this match is about me. As far as viewers are concerned, the other three people in this match are just around so that someone can take the fall at the end. There’s not a single thing that is compelling about the game of hot-potato that they have been playing with a title that Equinox and Goth made prestigious. Nobody cares about their nine or tenth match against one another. Nobody cares about their various rematch clauses, or motivations. The only thing in this match that has not been seen, or done before, is me walking away with the Roulette Championship.”

He stops pacing to motion to his surroundings once more. He holds his arms up to his sides, and turns to face the camera.

”I mean look at this place! The person that lived here is the same one that Equinox buried on back to back shows when the Roulette Championship was on the line; the same homeless junkie that Alex Kaelin threw in a dumpster under Roulette Rules. But what have I been telling all of you, every time that I have been in front of a camera for the last seven months? I am not back to hide from those facts, or explain them away. I am back to erase all of this shit. I came back to this company, where I do not have the best reputation, to fix what I did wrong. Since the moment I signed a new contract I have been talking about mending fences, righting wrongs, and succeeding where I have previously come up short. The problem is, nobody seems to be listening to those things.”

He drops his arms, letting out a defeated sigh.

”People are wondering why I am even in this match. For instance, the idiots are asking what qualifies me to be here. However, Steve Ramone has been an embarrassment for, at least, the last month and James Tuscini will hammer his record into your head more than a dozen times in a five minute window, but always stops short of remembering that he lost his rematch clause to a talentless hack. On the other side of the equation, management has asked me over and over again why I would want to be in this match. I just held the tag titles for months without losing any steam. Jet City takes one loss, and we take a break. To someone not paying attention, that would seem sudden. My wanting a shot at the Roulette Championship would kind of come as a shock, but to those paying attention, like all of you at home, it makes total sense. You have been watching me talk about this exact thing since the end of last year. The only thing that should be surprising about it is that it took me this long to get to this point.”

He shakes his head, putting his hands in the front pockets of his dark blue jeans. Kris shifts a little on his feet, looking at the ground in front of him.

”I can be absolutely honest with all of you. I don’t want this the same way that James, Steve and Ryan want this. They all have their motivations. Steve thinks he is entitled to more reigns with the Roulette Championship, and made a point to mention that last week. He blames management for his losses because they made him defend the title against lucky and undeserving people. James wants to assert some kind of dominance. He has this impressive record against everyone in this match except me, and nothing to show for it. Last Climax Control he became the least impressive person in a giant group. It makes sense that he would want to carry a championship into Climax Control, so that he doesn’t get lost in the shuffle. Then you have Ryan. This is a super talented kid, that is really just getting started. He wants to earn respect, but not from any of the fans, or people sitting at home, because they already adore him. He wants to hold one of the most difficult and unpredictable championships in this entire industry, so that the people in the locker room will respect him as a competitor. What he doesn't realize, is that respect won't come from those people because of this title. It is the kind of thing that takes years, not championships.”

He looks up from the ground, and into the camera.

”Unlike James and Steve, I'm not going to stand in front of a camera and shout baseless claims while failing to understand the other people in the match. They have told you that they think I have no place here. Even though I beat Steve in a Roulette Rules match on the last Climax Control, I am not deserving of being in this match. Likewise, my tag team win over James doesn't count because of my brother “cheating” while making the pin during the no-DQ tag match we had. He will even double down on the baseless bullshit by saying my brother carried me through Jet City. Apparently he missed the Climax Control where I beat Jay, in the middle of the ring, with no help at all. The last time I lost a singles match, or was even pinned in the SCW ring was more than a year ago. Can any of you say that? Can any of you say that you have had the success that I have had in the time that I have been here? You can point the finger at my brother and say that I had a talented tag team partner, but James has Dmitri at his side and still hasn't gotten the job done.”

He pauses, awaiting some kind of explanation that nobody is there to give to him.

”James likes to try and act like Jet City cheated to beat him, or wanted the double count out finish, but clearly he is the only one that hasn’t watched those matches. His team benefitted from that count out, not mine. They did it because they knew they couldn’t beat us, and would never jump to the front of the line to the tag team championships if they lost. They pulled their little stunt and then they got a No Disqualifications match that they didn’t deserve. What did they do with it? They came up short and then he wants to talk all kinds of shit about us using the rules to our advantage? Did you not know what kind of match you were walking into? Were you not paying attention?”

He pulls his left hand from his pocket, and holds it palm-out to the camera.

”No. Stop. Don't even answer that. Of course you weren’t, but that’s your problem, not mine, and I’m not going to stand here and repeat it seventeen more times so you can get it. Both of the other ‘challengers’ in this match…”

Kris raises both of his hands to put literal air quotes around the word ‘challengers’ before dropping them back into his pockets.

” …will tell you that I don’t belong, but as we have established, neither of them earned places in this match. They have both lost major matches that should have kept them out of competing for the Roulette Championship. Yet, they seem to want me to prove that I belong. I have given you people my opinion about how deserving I am, but that’s kind of a biased answer. Obviously, I think I deserve to be here, but you know who else does? The man bringing the Roulette Championship to the ring, Ryan Keys. Ryan has already told all of you that he thinks I earned this match. He admits that I fought to get here, and has said that he was glad that there was someone in this match that was not simply gifted a title match. He was happy that someone, anyone, didn’t whine, bitch, or complain their way into the title picture. He was ecstatic to compete against someone that has beaten the other challengers, and got their spot the right way. But let me ask you this, what does he have to gain from saying as much?”

Again Kris waits like the camera is going to answer his question. He looks down again, but this time with a smile on his face.

”The short answer is, nothing at all.”

He laughs out loud after the statement, and then looks back up into the camera.

”It doesn’t benefit Ryan Keys to say nice things about me. He’s not naïve enough to think that he is going to get me to take it easy on him by being nice. He’s not trying to trick me into cutting him a break. He said it for one reason, and one reason alone: it’s true. Ryan knows I have more than earned my place, and he wants nothing more than to be respected. Put those two things together and you can see that he is giving respect in the hopes of getting a little back. What he doesn't know, is that he doesn't have to earn any of it with me. I know what kind of person he is, and how talented he is. I already respect him more than both of the others combined. However, that's not going to stop me from ending his title reign almost embarrassingly short. That's not personal though. That's just how things work in this world, and in a world where even the champion knows I deserve to be here, what do I need to prove to the idiots that lucked their way? I can answer that one too: not a damn thing.”

Kris turns from the camera starting to pace once again, but stopping at the dumpster, shaking his head and laughing.

”I can say one other thing to Ryan’s benefit; that guy knows how far to push lines. He knows how far to carry his own hype before drawing a line in the sand. Ryan Keys might still be green, but he already learned something that Steve hasn’t learned in his decade long career of disappointment. He learned something that James hasn’t learned despite all his humiliating losses. How do I know this? Because you don’t hear Ryan making claims that he is going to win this match, and hang onto the title until he gets injured and has to vacate it like Steve promised he would do. You don’t hear him saying that he is going to walk in and kick everyone’s ass, and could do so blindfolded, with an arm tied behind his back, like James said in his promo last week.”

He shrugs without pulling his hands from his pockets, turning to put his back against the dumpster.

”If Steve wins this match, how is he going to backtrack off of that statement when he loses? If the wheel spins and forces James to wrestle blindfolded and one-armed, how could he even bitch about it being unfair? That’s not to say that he wouldn’t, the guy complains about cheating in a No DQ match, and I would I have to explain that flawed logic seventeen more times before he could grasp the problem with it.”

Kris starts moving towards the camera, albeit slowly. He raises his left hand to his face, tapping the middle of his lips with his index finger. He does not share the thought until he closes in on the camera, and hunches down in front of it to be eye-level.

”The only thing that I have to figure out, is if I really want to win at Into The Void. Despite the fact James and Steve have both said I don’t deserve to be in the match, they’ve at least hinted that they would be more than happy to beat me one-on-one with the title on the line. Likewise, both Ryan Keys and I have said on social media that regardless of which one of us walks out with that title, we would be happy to go one more time come Climax Control.”

He chews on the inside of his mouth, turning slightly away from the camera, thinking over all of the scenarios.

”It seems like even if I were to lose, I win. ”

He turns back to the camera, and tries, but fails, to keep the smile off of his face.

”The old me would have been okay with losing this match and waiting another couple weeks for a real one-on-one shot. The guy that lived in this alleyway would have accepted that without question, but I’ve already told you that I’m not that guy anymore. I am a newer, PURE version of myself and a good friend recently gave me some advice about this very topic. He taught me that the only match we can count on having, is the one right in front of us. I can’t guarantee that I get another shot in the near-future, or that I’m not going to get injured before I get back to the front of the line. This could be my one chance to be better than the person that called this alley his home. Therefore, I’m going to be the guy that wins this championship at Into The Void and goes on to break Equinox and Goth’s record with it. No more hot potato. No more waiting for an easier opportunity. I’ve been telling all of you that I was going to make things right, and it's about time that I follow through on that. I owe that to you. I owe that to SCW. I owe that to my friend, who had to watch his opportunity fade away while he sat on the couch broken. Most of all… I owe it to myself. On Sunday, I’m going to prove to the world that I’m not the guy that was okay with all of this.”

He takes one last look around the alley, disappointed in the person he was. When his eyes return to the viewers, he winks.

”And That’s What’s Up!”

Kris stands up, straightens his shirt, and then walks past the camera, out of the frame. The camera holds on the alley for a few seconds before fading to black and cutting off.


67
Supercard Archives / Keys Vs Ramone vs Tuscini Vs Halc
« on: May 06, 2017, 09:51:44 PM »
 


The seen opens with Kris sitting inside of the practice ring at the Jet City Sports Lab. It is no surprise that he has chosen the six-sided ring to stage his video, instead of the traditional one on the opposite end of the building.

”Steve “Half-Staff” Ramone.”

Those are the only words Kris can get out before he bursts into laughter that cuts him off. He holds up a finger to the camera, asking the viewers to just give him a second. Once composed, he tries to blow off his reaction.

”I don’t mean to laugh at you Steve, but you make it so easy. Look at how mad you were before Climax Control. You were all kinds of bent out of shape that I got added to the title picture. You even took it out on one of the backstage sluts. I mean, that part I can understand at least. I hate pretty much everyone back there other than Stoner because I’m not sure that dude even knows where he is most of the time, let alone what he is doing. Not the point though. You came in on fire. Where was that during our match?”

He pauses, and leans back in his chair as if he expects a response to come from the camera. When it does not happen after a few moments, he pushes it further.

”I told you what happened the first time we were in the ring together. It might have been a tag match a long time ago, but I walked away winning after not having even broken a sweat. Your former championship team walked away broken losers. You weren’t better than me then, and you just proved to the whole world that you aren’t better than me now. Into The Void is just two weeks removed from you tapping out like a bitch the last time we were in the ring together. What could you possibly have to say about your chances of winning the Roulette Championship? What do you think your chances are of anyone buying into anything you say? Everyone in this match has beaten you, even where the Roulette Championship is concerned. You can’t get it done with a partner. You can’t get it done by yourself. You have held this championship before, and know what it is like to prepare for whatever the wheel is going to throw at you, and you got beaten by me, the person with the least Roulette experience of all of us.”

Kris folds his arms in front of his chest, shaking his head in disappointment.

”I feel bad that they put you in this match, because even if you weren’t nursing a dick injury, you would be in over your head. You belong way down the card with your former tag buddy and the new guy. Think about where that puts you as far as Sin City Wrestling is concerned. You had been part of this company for almost a full year before I even arrived on the scene, and you are still struggling to get into the Roulette Championship picture. Do you realize how bad that looks? On the poster for this match, the veteran is the one that people are unsure even deserves a shot. Standing next to Ryan Keys and James Tuscini you look out of place. Not because you should have moved on to bigger and better things, but because people are starting to wonder how many times they have to see them beat you. Since you dropped the title to keys you have skirted a match with James, become an embarrassment to referees around the world, and gotten your ass kicked by me.”

He shrugs.

”Can you really say you did anything in the last month worth being here? Your claim to this match is a two-week title reign where SCW was on break for the first week. Even worse than that, you have lost this title to Ryan Keys twice, and another time to James Tuscini. It appears that when the people you share the ring with at Into The Void are in the mix, the Roulette Wheel is just not in your favor. However, every time I step into the ring with any of you, I can’t seem to lose.”

He uncrosses his arms and leans forward towards the camera. His voice is almost a whisper, like he is telling a secret instead of talking to the whole audience.

”You might want to tell that D-list porn star to just bite off the rest of your junk. Honestly, having to tell the world that you’re dickless would be less embarrassing than what is going to happen to you when you show up and lose this match. Just some free advice.”

He smiles widely, and winks at the camera, the feed dying just as he does.




=====================================================================
=====================================================================
=====================================================================


Off-Camera
Jet City, WA
6 May 2017
9:58 AM PDT


He is not entirely sure what shakes him from his sleep, but Kris sits up in bed panicked. Over the last couple weeks, to say that he was not sleeping well would be an understatement. The same nightmares of his life’s mistakes have not gone away, but gotten worse. The face of his adult son seemed to stalk him, even while he was awake. Heather is not at his side, and Lindsay was not in her crib, but the door to their bedroom was open. He listened carefully, to the sounds outside the room, but nearly jumps out of the bed when the man next to him starts to speak instead.

”Smells like they are making breakfast...”

Kris pushes himself off the bed on the opposite side from the man. He recognizes him immediately from his dreams. The same blonde hair peeking out from underneath the red hoodie that marked his father’s “Nobody” days. This was KJ standing in front of him, as real as anything else in the room. He was leaning against Heather’s dresser, his hands in the front pocket of the hoodie. Kris blinks a few times, shaking his head. His son was a year old, not the man in his twenties standing in front of him. However, there was no doubt in Kris’ mind who the man was. It could mean only one thing.

”I’m still asleep. You are not real. You are a baby.”

KJ thinks it over for a second before responding, since all three statements come out in a single rapid, panicked breath.

”No. Not even a little. And technically I am a toddler.”

Kris moves through the bedroom, taking a wide angle around the imaginary KJ and stepping into the bathroom of the master bedroom. He turns on the water, and cups his hands under it, splashing his face.

”You are a figment of my imagination and you will go away if I really want you to.”

Again, Kris is startled by his son’s adult voice, but this time because when he speaks, he is sitting on the bathroom counter next to the sink.

”The question is, do you really want me to...”

Kris pulls away quickly and shoots a glance back to the room where KJ was just standing. He had not seen or heard him move from that spot.

”I have no interest in talking to ghost people. You’re not real. I have more important things to do.”

KJ hops down from the counter and follows Kris back into the bedroom. Kris pulls open the doors to his closet and looks for a shirt to throw on so that he can join the rest of his real family for the breakfast that he could now smell cooking.

”Yet, I’m not the one imagining you just so that I have someone to talk to.”

He is not sure why, but that cuts right through his defenses. Kris yanks a shirt from its hanger, breaking it when he does, and then slams the door closed. He turns to his son, but before he speaks shoots a glance at the door. If Heather were to walk in and see him talking to air, there is no way she would believe that he was not back on drugs.

”I am not choosing to imagine you. I don’t even know why you are here. I have no interest in talking to you, so if you would kindly fuck off back to whatever ghost hell you are from so that I can go about my day, I would appreciate it.”

KJ gasps sarcastically and takes a step back, holding his chest like he is wounded.

”How could you say something like that to your own son?”

This is where Kris loses it, finally raising his voice.

”You’re not actually here!”

KJ’s mouth drops open, and Kris hears Heather starting to move through the house to investigate whatever it is that had her husband so riled up first thing in the morning.

”Now you’ve gone and done it...”

Kris rolls his eyes and grabs his phone off his side table just as he hears Heather coming down the hallway. He looks across the room at KJ.

”Go away….”

His son shrugs.

”You worried about her seeing me? I’m in your head dumbass. Plus, she’s not my real mom. I’m not afraid of her.”

Kris’ attention is pulled away from his son when his wife steps into the doorway. She opens her mouth to ask Kris what is wrong, but he taps his phone and shakes his head.

”Fucking people that are supposed to be building all of the storage racks at Jet City haven’t even made it in yet and they were supposed to be there two hours ago...”

Heather nods, tilting her head back towards the kitchen.

”Worry about that later. Come downstairs, the food is done, there is someone here to see you.”

Kris nods, but is not really listening. It is only after Heather turns around to head back down to the kitchen that her words register.

”Someone here to see me….?”

Heather is already out of earshot. Kris spins on his heel to search the room for any sign of the adult KJ, but is nowhere to be seen. Clearly rattled, he smacks his left cheek a couple of times for reassurance that he is awake and then heads out of the room, unsure what was waiting for him.




=====================================================================
=====================================================================
=====================================================================



”James Tuscini...”

Kris’ voice is much more flat than it was when he addressed Steve Ramone. His surroundings are different too. He has his feet up on the chair in front of him, and rows of chairs extend behind him and must be at least one fifty wide. The desk arms that raise of the side of the chairs make it easy to pick out that Kris is sitting in a college auditorium.

”Welcome to class!”

He gestures to the empty room around him.

”You know, not a particularly interesting class. Look at the size of this room. This is clearly where they bring the underclassmen to take classes that crush their soul and creative spirit. Hundreds of students. One professor that nobody gives a shit about. If you notice, I’m not the one standing up behind the podium.”

The camera turns, a cardboard cutout of James Tuscini standing behind the podium at the front of the room. Slowly, the camera rotates back to Kris.

”See, for weeks now you have taken us to the James Tuscini School of Faulty Logic. Complete with math that we never cared about or wanted to know, and a big ass scoop of self-importance. According to you, we all need to pay attention to your wins. Over the last couple of Climax Controls, you have drilled us with your record, whether it be as a tag team or in your matches against Ramone and Keys. If there is a single person that hasn’t known for at least a few weeks that your record against the other two people in this match is impressive for, I would be surprised. It is like you have one talking point that makes you look good so you have spent weeks hammering it into everyone’s head. Go watch your promo against Keys and see how many times you said it. Look back at Climax Control a few weeks ago and listen to yourself hammer that point a half dozen times.”

Kris shakes his head and does his best to stifle the laugh that tries to cut him off.

”At the same time, you want to try and discredit my place in this match. As I think I have already made clear, the only person that doesn’t deserve to be in this match is Steve. When people look at me they see that you have failed to beat me in your two chances to do so. They see a guy that has made Steve Ramone his bitch. They see a guy that beat Ryan Keys with a year of ring to deal with. You want to talk about records? I have been in a combined seven matches against the three of you. There has not been a single time where any of you have come out on top. I haven’t lost a singles match since I showed up in October. I have not been pinned. I have not tapped out. You still sure you want to push the idea that I sucked dick to get this match? I would think with a record like I have since coming back, if I were sucking dick, I would have gotten a little further up than the Roulette Championship.”

This time he cannot suppress the laugh. It takes him a couple seconds to get it together, and even when he starts speaking again, it is through the wide smile that remains on his face afterwards.

”You could fill an entire semester full of classes with just the faulty logic you have tried to sell to the fans in the time since Jet City dropped the tag team championships. The Roulette division is far from the same beast as tag team wrestling, but as far as all those opportunities you had, you failed 100% of the time. A former or current SCW Tag Team Champion, you are not. In fact, you couldn’t even follow through on your promise to be one of the final three teams in the match where Jet City lost the titles. You set the bar lower than any other team going into that match, and you still didn’t even accomplish that goal. It must disappointing to watch yourself come up short in the big situations time, after time, after time. After all, before you beat Ryan Keys a few weeks ago, you didn’t even have a claim to be in this match. You lost that to the pathetic excuse of a human being known as Xander Bishop, a man just as talentless as he was stupid. Yet, you won your match against the champion, and earned your place at Into The Void. I cannot take that away from you. What I can, and will, take away from you is any chance you have of holding the Roulette Championship until after I am done with it.”

He takes his feet off the chair in front of him and stands up, brushing at the front of his shirt so that it does not stay wrinkled from how he was sitting. Kris pushes himself from his chair, and steps into the aisle between the rows.

”Now I’m going to do the same thing to your class that you should do come time for Into The Void. Listening to you is just as much of a waste of my time as showing up for this match would be a waste of yours. Just walk away James. Walk away.”

Kris winks, turning his back to the camera and walking up the row. The camera stays focused on him until he pushes open the double doors to exit the room. As they swing closed the video cuts.



=====================================================================
=====================================================================
=====================================================================



Off-Camera
Jet City, WA
6 May 2017
10:15 AM PDT



Kris collects himself and makes his way through the hallway of his house and down the steps into the living room. He was curious as to who would show up so early to talk to him, but he knew who he really wanted it to be. At the same time, he knew that there was a slim chance that it was going to be his brother, and he should not get his hopes up just for them to be crushed. The voice that he hears as he gets to the bottom of the stairs does not belong to his brother, and is enough to raise his blood pressure.

”Everything but that hair you clearly got from your father. I almost feel bad for you kid….”

Kris’ eyes dart to his son playing with blocks in the corner of the room. It was not the adult version that was stalking him, but the one year old in the flesh. The sight would have normally warmed his heart, but the man sitting in the chair near to where he was playing was not someone that knew him well enough to show up unannounced at his house. Kris sized him up almost instantly, paying attention to the clothes that he was wearing to tell him apart from his identical counterpart.

”What makes you think that you can just show up at my house?”

Kris’ voice is low as not to startle his son, but he crosses the room with purpose. Porter stands from the chair, but barely gets up to his feet before Kris grabs him by the front of his shirt and pushes him back against the wall. Porter raises his hands, grabbing both of Kris’ wrists but not fighting back.

”Someone seems excitable this morning. Wake up on the wrong side of the bed?”

Kris freezes for a second, curious what Porter thinks that he knows. It was likely just a coincidental phrase, but the question causes Kris to look from Porter to his son. It was the opening that the relative stranger needed. He applies pressure to the sides of both of Kris’ wrists in just the right spot, and turns them, hyperextending Kris’ elbows. Kris is forced to let go of Porter’s shirt but as soon as he does, the slightly larger man releases his grip as well. Kris immediately shoves the man back against the wall.

”Why are you in my house? This is my family. You don’t know me. This is not okay.”

Porter looks down, brushing at his shirt to smooth away the wrinkles and then shooting a glance over at the door separating the living room from the kitchen.

”When your wife comes back in and sees us standing here all hostile, she is going to blame herself for letting me in, you know that right? I think it would be best for everyone if you calm down. I didn’t come here to start a problem.”

Kris looks at the door, and then back to Porter before taking a step away. Porter tries to follow him by taking a step away from the wall, but gets shoved a second time. Kris points a finger at his face as a warning, but then moves away from him and to the center of the room. Porter raises his hands, holding them up to plead his innocence and comes away from the wall when Kris is a safe distance away.

”I assume there is a reason you are here.”

Porter nods.

”Three weeks.”

Kris nods, but is not any less confused about the visit.

”Yeah. I heard. You and your brother are making your debut on Climax Control. I fail to see what that has to do with me.”

Porter reaches into his pocket and pulls out a white business card. He takes a few steps closer to Kris, his hands still raised in the air as to not spook the former drug addict. Porter holds the card between his index and middle fingers, and when he is within range, he extends the card out to Kris.

”Three weeks. That time. Be where it says. Be ready.”

Kris hesitantly takes the card from Porter’s hand and looks at it.

”What is th---”

Heather pushing through the door from the kitchen cuts off Kris’ sentence. He turns, sliding the card into his back pocket as discreetly as he can.

”Are you going to be joining us?”

Heather looks between the two of them, undoubtedly picking up on the tension in the room. Porter tries his best to break it by smiling.

”Unfortunately I have a plane to catch. I just needed to borrow him for a minute. Thank you for letting me in. You have such a lovely house.”

Heather does not quite buy the act, and shoots a curious look to Kris who shakes his head.

”It’s fine. Just work stuff.”

She nods reluctantly, and back into the kitchen, shooting Kris a look that let him know they were going to be discussing whatever this was later, and not nicely. As soon as she is back through the door, Porter smiles at Kris.

”She’s a smart one. Says a lot without saying anything at all. Why did she settle for an idiot like you?”

Kris does not even turn back to him.

”I trust you know your way out?”

Porter laughs, clapping Kris on the shoulder before heading towards the door. As he passes KJ he leans down and ruffles his hair.

”Let’s hope the smart one rubs off on you.”

Kris turns, but Porter is already back to his feet and reaching for the doorknob. He steps through it, and offers Kris another smile before pulling it closed. Kris’ gaze lingers on the door until he is sure that Porter is not coming back, and then his eyes fall to his son.

”Strange morning buddy…. Beyond strange really.”

He crosses the room and scoops up the one year old, tickling him to stop him from crying about removing him from whatever he was building with his blocks. The two head into the kitchen where the other half of their family was already waiting for them.



=====================================================================
=====================================================================
=====================================================================




”Last, but certainly not least, the man with the one thing that all of us want, Ryan Keys.”

Kris claps slowly, but it seems more genuine than sarcastic. If anything, he is just not enthused about having to say something nice about an opponent. He is leaning against the inside of a doorway. The camera is positioned in the hallway, so that the room behind him is mostly hidden by where he stands. The only thing we can see behind Kris is a window facing out towards a tall privacy fence.

”It’s been a while. It has been kind of a wild ride for the both of us, hasn’t it? I mean shortly after our match; Jet City was holding the SCW Tag Team Championships. Beating you provided the tune up I needed for that to happen. For that, first and foremost, I wanted to thank you. Your path has been interesting to say the least. In the same timeframe, you have beaten sorry ass Steve Ramone for the Roulette Championship not once, but twice. Granted, you also lost to James Tuscini which gave him a spot in this match, so you’re breaking even in my book. If I am honest, you are the only person in this match that I respect as a competitor. Six months ago, almost to the day, I told you that you were just a first step on my road to professional recovery. Back then you had lost more than you had won and were one pun about keys away from getting shit-canned. Now you are a multi-time Roulette Champion, and someone that it is still hard to say something bad about.”

This is where his demeanor changes a little. The smirk that has marked his face just before every cruel joke he has ever uttered in Sin City makes its first appearance of the night.

”But you know I’m going to, right? I can’t very well build you up and make you think that you have a chance of winning this match. Doing that might cause me to have to break a sweat at Into The Void. However, unlike Steve the reason that you’re going to lose is not because you do not belong. Unlike James, the reason you are going to lose is not because you’re not talented. No, the reason that you are going to lose is because you know that you are not the best.”

He backs up into the room, motioning for the camera to follow him. As it does, two racks of shoes covering two of the four walls of the room come into the picture.

”Even worse, you’re going to lose because you seem like a person more worried about what is in here than you are worried about what is going to happen in the ring.... ”

Kris looks up at the wall. The camera tracks his eyes, each viewer’s eyes drawn to different shoes in the display. The camera cuts back to Kris as he starts talking.

”It is a verifiable fact that I have a problem when it comes to shoes. Other than substances that I no longer care to talk about, it was where 100% of the money I made went to for a long time. Yet, you do not catch backstage clips of me debating what shoes I am going to wear. You do not see me agonizing over which ones I think Christian will like the most. That is what the SCW audience gets from you Ryan. We get a weekly dose of what is Ryan wearing. If we are really unlucky, we also get to waste our time trying to convince fans to remember Dax’s name in the process while you politely tell him and his boy band to go fuck themselves. I guess I should not say that anymore, being that they seem to have started taking my advice as of late.”

He gets off track quickly, and shakes the thought away before refocusing.

”You don’t see me talking about this kind of thing in promos, or backstage because this is the kind of thing that does not matter to SCW. What matters is wins and losses. Wins that I have. Losses that you have racked up. I win and I brag about that fact. I make sure that people know how good I am. I show them every time that I step into that ring, and then remind them of it every time they tune into see what I have to say about my next match. But like I said, you don’t concern yourself with that kind of thing. You would rather talk about what you are going to wear, as opposed to what you can do in that ring, and I already told you why that is. You know that you’re not the best that this company has to offer.”

He shrugs, not seeming remorseful at all that he has to be the one to say it.

”We had a match, and after you lost, you shrugged it off. It wasn’t your night. It was just one match. I was the better man. Those are all good things to say in the name of sportsmanship, but I get the feeling that you actually believe them. I get the idea that it does not matter to you whether you win or lose as long as people enjoyed the show. That is great, to a point. That point comes when you don’t get beat up about losing. That point comes when you don’t have that same fire to win that people see when they look at me. People know that I want to win every match that I participate in. People see me get rocked to my foundation when things do not go my way. Jet City dropped the titles, my brother left, and every fan in this company watched me have mini identity crisis because of it. On the other hand, you lose, put on a smile, and say you will get them next time. Losing doesn’t bother you because you’re okay not being the better man. Next week, just before Into The Void, you might take offense to me saying so, but your actions after losing to me have spoken louder than your words can now.”

Kris looks down at the floor, trying to recall the exact words he had used before their previous match. It was fitting then, and even more so now. It takes him a couple seconds, but he looks up with a smile.

”I will leave you with the same words that I left you with last time we were set to compete with each other, because it still seems relevant enough: No amount of being the crowd favorite, or even whipping it out and helicoptering it in front of me and everyone in attendance is going to stop me from winning this match.”

He looks away from the camera and up at the wall of shoes.

”Nothing is going to stop me from taking your title, Ryan….”

He points at the wall.

”I could use your help picking out the shoes that I am going to be wearing when I do it though. That might be a subject you’re more equipped to handle. Get back to me.”

He winks to the camera, and just like the previous two times, the feed cuts off.

68
Climax Control Archives / Once More.... Lucky Sevens.
« on: April 28, 2017, 08:10:05 PM »
 

”Once more unto the breach, dear friends, once more.”

Kris is sitting against the brick wall in the lounge of the Jet City Sports Lab. The hardwood floors under him cannot be comfortable to sit on, and the rigid bricks had to be painful against his back, but the smile on his face shows that neither are bothering him. He flips the pages of Henry V, skimming through Act Three before closing the book and holding it up.

”If you ask a college educated person to talk to you about war, that is normally a quote that they throw on you pretty earlier in the conversation. I had the distinct lack of pleasure of having to read this play in high school. I had pretty much forgotten about it until this week. I was reading the little promotional blurbs that the interns write about each of the cards that Sin City releases, and something about my match struck me.”

He drops the book to his lap, and reaches down to the floor on the opposite side of him than the camera. He lifts a piece of paper from the wood floor, and reads just one line from it.

”Kris will have his hands full, being his first real foray into the Roulette Division.”

He sighs heavily, and then drops the paper to the floor where it originated. The former Internet Champion shakes his head before turning his attention back to the camera.

”Someone needs to hire better writers for the SCW website. Anyone that has paid a little bit of attention to me in the last few weeks knows that this is far from my first chance in the Roulette Division. I have challenged two different Roulette Champions for the title, and got my ass handed to me both times. Equinox even had the distinct pleasure of kicking my ass twice for the same title. I am sure that Alex Kaelin would have done the same thing if he would have stuck around for longer than thirty seconds.”

He seems disappointed in his history with the Roulette Division, and he rolls the paperback book in his hands, smacking it against his palm.

”That is why the quote came to mind. This isn’t me throwing my career, body, and reputation on the line for the first time. I have tried before, and I have failed before. I cannot even say that the third time will be the charm, because this will be the fourth. The most violent matches that I have been a part of have come after spinning the Roulette Wheel, and I have competed outside of this company several times. There is nothing more brutal, or more unpredictable than going after the Roulette Championship. Even worse, the nightmare does not end once you win it either. Every minute you spend in pursuit of, or laying claim to this championship is a minute you lose off of your career. Why do you think that it keeps switching hands so quickly? Holding this title is physically and mentally damaging.”

He unrolls the book, and just stares at the cover while he talks.

”All week-long people have been asking me if I am sure this is what I want. Christian double checked with me, and seemed surprised that I was not going to be going back into the tag division. Mark double checked with me after I made my intentions clear. Friends, family, and people I don’t even know have asked me if this is the best move for my career. To be honest, it probably isn’t. Chasing this title is going to hurt. Winning it is going to be difficult. Keeping it for any period of time has recently proven to be impossible. However, I didn’t come back to play it safe and do what was right for my career. I came back to mend bridges that I had burned, and to succeed where I have previously failed. Part of that failure involved the Roulette Championship. There’s only one thing that I can do to undo that failure.”

He turns the book to the camera.

”Once more unto the breach, dear friends, once more.”

====================================================
====================================================
====================================================


Jet City Sports Lab
28 April 2017
6:34 PM PDT


The gym is packed. From the moment that Coby had given it a free plug through weeks of promos, dozens of people had poured in trying to find someone to train them, or somewhere to work out that wasn’t some depressing gym chain full of half-functional equipment and fatties that were only kidding themselves. One of those people had been Abby Watkins. Kris was surprised to see her, only because she wasn’t some rookie trying to break into the business. She was a former tag team champion in her own right. To put it in the most insulting way possible, she did not need Jet City. However, she was family, so when she asked, he couldn’t say no. Today the two stand in the middle of one of the two rings inside the facility, Kris having protective pads on each hand for Abby to hit. The two of them are drenched from head to toe in sweat, a clear indicator that they had been at it a while.

”Your brother might actually die if he saw how bad you were sucking right now...”

It was the kind of comment that he knew would irritate her. Parker Wayde had always been part of her life, but until October, he did not even know she existed. She wanted to make it on her own before she tried to be a part of his life. His opinion of her was attached to her self-worth, which was something that Kris understood all too well being a younger sibling himself.

”Why are you always such a dick?”

Before Kris can respond to her, she fires off a combination of two left jabs, followed by a right, and then a high kick that Kris must shift on his feet to be able to catch with the pad. She was every bit as fast as he was, and seventy pounds lighter on her feet.

”My parents were really mean to me.”

Breathing heavily, she takes a step back and waves him off. Kris tries to mask the relief that washed over his face by using one of the pads to wipe sweat from his forehead.

”Let’s not go there.”

Kris smiles, knowing full well how to make anyone uncomfortable in any situation. She drops to the mat and rolls out of the ring before starting to unwrap her hands. Kris traps the glove under his arm, against his ribs, and pulls his hand free before pulling off the other and tossing both out of the ring in her direction.

”All this training and you don’t even know where you’re going to sign yet...”

She turns back towards him after throwing the wrapping from her left hand in a garbage can.

”At least I am doing some real training in a ring. What’s your excuse?”

He looks almost offended, stepping to the ropes closest to her and leaning forward on them.

”Training in the ring would be a waste of time. I can’t get locked into any one game plan. It is Roulette Rules.”

Abby starts unwrapping her other hand, a look of confusion washing over her face.

”What does that even mean?”

This draws a laugh from him. He had made the point on a few occasions that SCW always seemed to be off the beaten path. It should not have surprised him that she was not familiar with the concept.

”They spin a wheel. It gives the match a stipulation. That’s what we go out there and do. No way to plan, because you never know what the wheel is going to do. In my experience, that fucking thing hates me. I know what Steve can do in the ring. I know what traps to stay out of. As far as the actual match though, I won’t even know what I’m walking into until I am in the ring.”

Abby nods, the concept seeming unique to her.

”What kind of stipulations are you talking?”

This gets a much more enthusiastic laugh from Kris.

”The works. It could be anything from a Triple Cage to a Water Balloon War. You never know what you’re going to get. I can’t prepare for some kind of Barbed Wire Massacre when the reality of it is, I could end up in a tuxedo match. It is all up to chance.”

She nods.

”I get it now.”

Now it is Kris’ turn to look confused.

”I would hope so. It is not hard to grasp.”

She shakes her head.

”No, not that. The quote. You keep saying it lately.”

He smiles widely, because she was the first person to make the connection.

”Before our innocence was lost, you were always one of those blessed with lucky sevens.”

Abby nods, tossing the wrapping from her right hand into the garbage.

”You cleaned up, so you’re banking on those lucky sevens to come back your way.”

He shrugs.

”I’m not sure you can un-lose innocence, but it is worth a shot, right?”

It takes her a second, not wanting to give any kind of free reassurance to someone that goaded her into breaking her hand just over a year ago. He was different now though. Better yet, he was basically family now.

”It’s worth a lot more than that, but you already know that. If you didn’t, this whole ‘Pure’ thing would never have happened.”

It takes a few seconds, but Kris nods in agreement with her. Abby scoops a towel off a nearby table, and wipes her face with it before pointing to the back. He does not respond verbally, instead nodding a second time. She heads off towards the showers to get cleaned up. He watches her go, and then looks out at all the people enjoying this place that he and Coby had basically built on their own. He might not be able to get any innocence back, but if business was any indication, those lucky sevens had already come back to him.


====================================================
====================================================
====================================================

”It is strange to have back-to-back matches where you refer back to the same point in history.”

There is nothing particularly impressive about the former SCW Tag Team Champion’s surroundings. The kitchen of his home is much less exciting than the rock wall we caught him scaling last time. The camera is set up on an island-style counter in the center of the room, and Kris is leaning against the counter in front of it, peeling an orange.

”But first, I apologize for not being able to greet you from a more entertaining place. I can’t always be in the most creative of venues. I have responsibilities these days. Not just to you people, or to the Jet City Sports Lab, but here at home. I can’t exactly expect my wife to take care of an infant, a toddler, two dogs, and a teacup pig all on her own. I already get to unfairly jet off for the weekends. During the week, it is hard to get away.”

He is still way too small to be seen in full view of the camera, but as Kris is talking, KJ's tuft of blonde hair raises off his head just high enough so that he can be seen moving in between the counters where Kris is standing. The younger half of Jet City looks down and smiles, breaking off a piece of the orange. The viewers see a tiny hand reaching up, opening and closing a few times to show that the toddler wanted what his father had. Without hesitation, he hands KJ the piece of the orange, and the tuft of hair wanders away from the camera.

”Anyways, referring to the same point in history. Last week I had to remind Joshua Acquin that I had already been in a match with him once before. That match ended with him tapping out like a bitch not once, but twice. See, the first time, the referee was not paying attention. Josh thought he had escaped. Moments later he was screaming like a little girl again, and the match was over. Some of you might be asking why I would need to bring that up again this week. The answer to that is simple. The whole reason that Josh was tapping out like a bitch was because his tag team partner was incompetent and couldn’t make the save. Who was that tag team partner? None other than the man with only half a dick left, Steve Ramone.”

Kris breaks off another piece of the orange and pops it into his mouth. He looks away from the camera for just a second, most likely keeping track of what his son was up to, before turning his attention back to the viewers.

”That’s right! Good ol’ four inch… er… I guess two inch is more appropriate given recent developments… has already been in a match with me before. The same match that Acquin was in. Meaning the only time sorry ass Steve has been in the ring with me ended in an emphatic loss for him. In case you missed it when I said it last week, that match happened when my partner and I couldn’t stand the sight of one another, and Steve’s team was coming off a tag team title run. He was at a high point, and I was at a low point, yet my hand was the one raised when it was said and done. Now, I am a little more seasoned, a whole lot more sober, and riding a pretty nice wave of momentum right now. I have pulled a 180 since our last match. On the other hand, Steve has botched most of his opportunity. The guy lost his title to Ryan Keys and half of his dick to a veteran porn star that forgot there's no place for teeth in a blowjob. History shows that he couldn’t manage to beat me while I was down, why does he even expect to have a chance now?”

The blonde tuft of hair makes another appearance as KJ walks back to his father, reaching up and demanding another piece of the orange. Kris looks down, shaking his head.

”This was supposed to be for me, you know?”

KJ says something that the camera does not quite pick up, and Kris smiles, handing him another piece of the fruit. Like the first time, KJ disappears afterwards, going back to whatever he was doing on the opposite end of the room. Kris returns his focus to the camera.

”I get it though. The dude must a little pissed off. As a former champion, he should have gotten his shot at Keys before anyone like James Tuscini or myself got involved in the mix. I mean that is what rematch clauses are for, right? Here is the problem with that: nobody is interested in seeing “Captain Half-Cocked” take on the “Human Sex Toy” Roulette Champion for the thirtieth time. What do either of them even have to offer? Steve only ever talks about banging sluts that have no standards. Ryan spends most of his time on camera debating on what degrading thing he is going to wear. It’s fucking boring. Best case scenario? Keys retains over someone we have seen him beat before. Worst case? More Roulette Hot Potato. It is a lose-lose situation. Throwing in James Tuscini doesn’t add any appeal, because Xander Bishop made that dude his bitch. Given the options, doesn't it make sense for Mark Ward to add me to the title picture?"

Kris turns to his left, tossing the peel off of the orange into a trashcan off screen.

"Some people saw it as a shock. Christian expected Jet City to make another go of it. Jason's on a worldwide vacation, and not speaking to me, so that's a no go. Others expected me to set my sights a little higher than the third-tier gimmick belt, but no way I’m entering the clusterfuck main event picture where four people have legitimate claims to the same title. I guess there is the Internet, but I have been there and done that. Hopefully all of you are starting to see where this path leads. The Roulette makes more sense for me right now than anything else that SCW has to offer, but that is still a couple weeks away. My point is, my addition to that match at Into The Void directly led to this match at Climax Control. This week, Boston gets a sneak preview of what is going to happen at the supercard.”

He pauses just long enough to shoot a glance back over at his son before continuing.

”That makes this match about momentum, not that I really need any more of it. My first match back in SCW I beat Ryan Keys. More than a year of ring rust didn’t stop me from winning that match. Since then, I haven’t been pinned, and I haven’t tapped out. That was November of last year. What has Steve done in that time other than drop the Roulette Championship twice, and be a constant embarrassment to this company? The fact is, if you add both of his reigns together, it doesn’t come close to how long I held the tag team belts.”

He holds his hand up to the camera before viewers can raise any disagreement with him through their screens.

”Yeah. Okay. Fine. Tag team wrestling is a different beast. Let me give a better example. If you add those two reigns of his together, it doesn’t come close to the reign that a distracted junkie that was sloppy in the ring had with the Internet Championship two years ago. Who was that person? Me, and I beat him while strung out and not giving a shit. If he can’t even stack up against that person, what chance does he have against me now?”

He tosses another slice of the orange in his mouth, shaking his head and enjoying a light laugh while he chews it.

”Do yourself a favor Steve and have your girl chomp down on the half a dick you have left, because not being medically cleared to compete is the only way that you don’t end up losing this match. If you choose to show up, and you are in the ring when the bell rings, I can’t guarantee that you even make it to Into The Void. Is that what you want? Yet another missed opportunity?”

Kris pauses to let the the question settle in, and the blonde tuft of hair makes yet another return to the frame. This time Kris does not even wait for him ask before extending the last piece of the orange out to him. Once the child takes it, Kris holds up his empty hands to him.

"No more."

The little one takes off, leaving his father standing in the frame alone again. He looks back at the camera.

"That goes for all of you too."

He smirks, winking at the camera at the same time that he makes a clicking sound with his cheek. With that, the video cuts off.

69
Climax Control Archives / In The Cold Light Of Morning
« on: April 21, 2017, 01:00:40 AM »
 18 April 2017
6:14 AM PDT
The Cold Light Of Morning -- Seattle, WA

♬ ”In cold light of morning while everyone is yawning, you're high…..”♬


Something was wrong. Kris’ eyes snap open at the sound of a male voice singing. There was something familiar about it. The few musical notes that accompanied the words are what actually draw him out of his sleep, but, strangely, Heather is not at his side. Even worse, as he stands up, the room is organized differently, and Lindsay’s crib is gone. Kris sits up in bed, looking to the window to see the beach he grew up near in San Diego, but this was Seattle, was it not?

♬ “In the cold light of morning the party gets boring, you're high…..”♬


Again, the same eerily familiar voice sings out softly from another room, drawing Kris’ mind away from the thoughts of how something is amiss with his surroundings. He pushes himself up from the bed, throwing the blanket to his side and walking across the hardwood floors of the loft towards the cracked bedroom door. It is not until he pulls on the handle of the door that he realizes that he does not live in the loft anymore. He goes to turn to the window again, but a noise from just outside the door startles him and draws him that direction.

Looking into the hallway, he sees himself, but not in a reflection. Crouching against the wall of the hallway is a much younger version of himself, a bag clutched in his hand, looking around wildly like he is being chased by someone or something, and just trying to find a place to hide. Kris did not need to investigate the bag further to remember. In fact, not only did he know what was in it, he remembered being crouched against the wall. He knew what he was running from. It also meant that he knew that no matter how hard he ran he would never get away from that particular memory. He takes a step forward towards himself, but before he can close the distance, he watches himself fade away as if he were never there.


♬ “Forget past indiscretions, and stolen possessions, you're high….”♬


That voice again. It was so much like his own, but it was not a perfect match. He takes a few more steps down the hallway, passing the open door to the bathroom. Steam clouds the room at first, but starts to subside when he steps into the doorway in search of the singing voice. It is not there, but another painful memory is. This version of himself is in worse shape than the first. Reese Spencer sits at the side of the bathtub, screaming words that Kris cannot hear at his unresponsive doppelganger, fully clothed having water blasted down on him.

It is hard to breathe. He takes another step into the room, having to put a hand on the wall to balance himself. He reaches out, putting a hand on Reese’s shoulder to try and reassure her that things are going to be okay. This moment was already gone, and he was still standing right here. She needed to know that it was not the end. Just before he can make contact with her, the steam clears, and he is standing alone in the bathroom. Kris blinks a few times, the weight on his chest not lifting even after the images from his past are gone.


♬ ”In the cold light of morning you're drunk sick from whoring, and high....”♬


There it was again. He turns from the bathtub, but is stopped in his tracks. Clarissa Ashford leans against the inside of the doorway. Overcome with emotion he steps forward, needing some kind of proof that she is really standing in front of him. This time there is no sudden disappearance. His hand brushes her cheek, and she smiles at him. The relief that fills him brings a smile to his face when he feels the warmth of her skin beneath his fingertips. He opens his mouth, trying to form a greeting of any kind that would explain why he felt the need to make sure she is real, but before he can, she shakes her head and places her index finger over her mouth before glancing over her shoulder back towards the hallway.

He should know better than to track her eyes at this point, but finds himself compelled to do so anyways. Just behind Clarissa, hidden because of how short she is, but holding an engagement ring in her hand is Ava. Streaks of eyeliner run down her face, and the weight on his chest intensifies. He steps forward, trying to go around Clarissa and explain, but they both dissipate just like all of the others before them. He does not get the chance to make his case. They are gone.


♬ “Staring back from the mirror’s a face that you don't recognize....”♬


Turning towards the singing voice again, now starting to feel real panic, he realizes he is not in a hallway at all. Instead, it is the living room of the apartment in New York. Again unconscious, Kris is laying on top of the remains of a glass coffee table, a rubber tie still on his arm. It was not something that he had used often, so this memory is easily identifiable. He takes a single step towards himself and the front door busts open. His brother hops the couch that is between the overdosed version of himself and yells back towards the door. Jason starts to pull Kris upright in his lap, snapping his fingers in front of his open eyes.

However, those eyes were focused on one thing and one thing alone, the real Kris. The one that Jason could not see. The one that was fine, and very much alive standing just behind him. The former version of himself shakes his head, and Kris starts to defend himself, but as he he works to form the first syllable they are gone. He is back in the hallway, and that doped up, hollow version of himself stares back at him from a reflection in the glass of a picture frame.


♬ “A loser, a sinner, a cock and a dildos disguise....”♬


It takes every bit of willpower he has to pull himself away from the reflection and down the hallway towards the voice. His steps are small, and labored because no matter how hard he tries he cannot seem to catch his breath. As he inches closer to the end of the hallway, it gets harder and harder to think, let alone function.

♬ “In the cold….”♬  


Just another few steps. It was coming from the living room. Not the fake one from New York. The one right here in Seattle. This was his house. These memories were not real. None of it was real, and he knew that all he needed to do was figure out who was singing and it would all be over. He reaches out for the corner of the wall where the hallway ends and breaks into the living room and peers around the corner as he struggles to raise his foot of the ground to take another step.

♬ “Light…”♬  


There he was. A red hoodie was up over his head and he was facing away from where Kris stood. He recognizes the attire immediately. Anyone would have. It was the hoodie from his time with the Nobodies. The problem was, the person sitting there could not be him. The hair peeking out of the top of the hood was blonde. Kris was many things, but blonde was not one of them. Kris falls forward, abandoning trying to force his legs to work with them. As soon as his hands hit the floor he starts scrambling forwards. At this point he may run out of air before he gets any kind of answer as to what is happening to him.

♬ “Of…”♬  


He crawls across the floor, reaching out with one hand and touching the hip of whoever is sitting in the chair. In response, the man turns, pushing the hood off of his head and looking Kris in the eye. The look that they share lasts decades in Kris’ mind, and there is no doubt in his mind who sits in front of him even though he has never met him. The man smiles, and places a hand on Kris’ shoulder. He leans forward, and whispers a single word into Kris’ ear.

♬ “Day…”


Covered in sweat and breathing more heavily than he can ever recall doing in his life, Kris sits up in bed, and looks around the room. He can see Jason’s house across the street through the window next to the bed. Lindsay is safely in her crib on Heather’s side of the bed and Kris’ wife is sound asleep despite the fact that he had to have been struggling in his sleep. At first he fights the urge to get out of the bed following his experience, but he needed to make sure of something.

Kris walks across the carpeted floors of his bedroom, and directly across the hall from his room to where his son is asleep. The crib bed had been dropped down to be a toddler bed, that KJ was still incapable of climbing over the rail of. The night light in the room bathed the bed in enough light that Kris could see that KJ was fast asleep, lying mostly on his stomach with his face to the side. However, even in the low light there was no mistaking his blonde hair… the exact same color from whatever nightmare Kris had clawed his way out of. As he stands there, just watching his first child sleep, the crack in the curtains starts to show signs of light. The sun was coming up.




============================================================================
============================================================================



21 April 2017
9:10 PM PDT
The Jet City Sports Lab -- Seattle, WA

”Thirteen.”

The video starts on Kris he is hanging off the side of the rock wall at the Jet City Sports Lab, nearly to the top of the wall, but not wearing one of the protective harnesses that ensure that whoever attempts to scale the wall does not break their legs when they make a miscalculation. The camera is being operated by someone at the top of the obstacle, looking down on Kris, who seems to have run out of hand holds for his ascent. The nearest one is just out of his reach, no matter how hard he stretches for it, which could be the reason that he cuts himself off after only one word, a number that means nothing by itself. Kris looks down for a second, and then moves his foot a little closer to his next hand grip, but even trying to push himself that way with his legs does not seem like it is going to be enough. Again he has to reconsider, and this time he brings his legs up higher on the wall to a foothold that was previously at knee height. He leans into the wall, only having one hand with anything the hold onto and takes a deep breath before jumping to his left, and latching his hand onto the grip that he could not have reached otherwise. It is a struggle to get his feet planted, and he swings by a single hand for a few seconds before finding footing. As soon as he does, he looks up at the camera with a smile.

”Seventeen.”

At this point the ascent becomes a little bit easier. Kris finds the grip that he needs to in order to advance up the wall. He slaps his hand on the top edge, and pulls himself up to sit on top of it.

”And two.”

He rubs his hands together, brushing the chalk off of them before shaking his arms out. His breathing is heavy, but not labored like he had nothing left in the tank. He turns to the camera with a less than convincing smile.

”I’ve been thinking a lot about things that I have been running from, and those numbers are definitely a part of it. Since I have been back in SCW I have talked vaguely about past accomplishments. I speak generally when I talk about how long I have been around. I leave out a lot of details that are less than flattering about me in the hopes that they don’t get brought up by my opponents. So why would I bring up the fact that in my near three years in Sin City I have compiled the lackluster record of 13-17-2? Especially if, in doing so, it seems that I lose a lot more often than I win. Sure, we could talk about how wins in other companies are more than enough to ‘right the ship’, but other companies don’t matter. What does matter is Sin City Wrestling, a place where I have beaten Kain, and Goth in main events for the Internet Championship. I have main evented on Climax Control against people like Seven Deadly Sins and Sean Jackson multiple times. At the same time, I have lost matches to historically irrelevant people like Gavin Stephens, and Gabriel Asar.”

The mention of the first of the men is enough to get a laugh at of almost everyone watching other than Kris’ sometimes-friend Mikah, while the second is more of a head scratcher.

”Over the last couple weeks I have been staring at my record and trying to find the silver lining. I obviously cannot stand up here and brag about being the person who beat Mikey Impact, Vincent Peterson or Ninja because nobody remembers who the fuck those people are. They were footnotes. Throwaways. All of the people that actually matter like Equinox, Despayre, and most recently Team BJ got in the ring with me and beat my ass, sometimes more than once. The people you remember, have historically beaten me. That is, unless you want to talk about Joshua Acquin, or for that matter all three of the asshats that Christian and Mark have set up for the Roulette Championship.”

He pauses, letting his hostile glare into the camera sit for a few seconds. The promotional people had correctly labeled him has “impatiently” waiting to be heard.

”Let’s square away all this Roulette bullshit before I get into talking about Acquin. I know he’s supposed to have my focus this week, but I cannot get this frustration out of my system unless I just throw it out there. Why do I need to carry it around? It is only going to distract me. The fact is, there is only one person that is talking about the Roulette Championship that has any reason to be. As far as I can tell, the only person sitting on an undefeated record against Steve Ramone, James Tuscini, and Ryan Keys is me. I have been in the ring with all of them, starting with Steve way back at Climax Control 119. All of these three idiots have held the Roulette Championship and proven exactly one thing: they can’t hang onto the motherfucker no matter how hard they try. But, I guess that doesn’t matter to Christian and Mark. I guess the fact that one of their championships looks like a really bad hot-potato joke more than it does anything prestigious doesn’t bother them. Then again, I am practically opening the show against someone who has always been a scrub in this company, so maybe they aren’t bright enough to realize how bad they are fucking up the Roulette Championship.”

He shrugs, trying his best to brush the thoughts away and focus on his task for this week.

”Joshua Acquin is not totally unrelated to all of that. As I already mentioned, I have already had the opportunity to face him in the ring. It was the same night that I beat Steve Ramone. These two were tag team champions at one point, and faced off against me and Tim after The Nobodies were already a sinking ship. What happened when Tim and I, who couldn’t stand each other at that point, got into the ring with these former tag team champions? The match was one-sided and I can still hear the echoes of Joshua Acquin tapping frantically and begging for the pain to end. ”

The remembers back on that night fondly, and the smile on his face widens.

”The important thing that we have to ask ourselves, is how is this time going to be different? Obviously way back when we had that match, we had tag partners. Josh, you were coming off of losing the tag team championships. I was coming off of losing my Internet Championship after getting jumped in LA a couple nights before the event. In fact, if you take this match out of my record, I was smack in the middle of an eight match losing streak when that match happened. Even worse, I didn’t win another match after that one until I beat Ryan Keys last year. I didn’t care about this company. I was hooked on a few different substances. If you go back and watch some of the matches that I participated in, you can hear the announce team bitch and complain about how I didn’t even look like I wanted to be here. Yet, as low as I was, and as hot as you were at the time, you and Steve walked away with a loss while Tim and I got our hands raised.”

He shakes his head, making a clicking sound with his cheek to signify his disappointment.

”All that being said, this match just doesn’t look very good for you, does it? You aren’t facing some drug addled skeleton that’s not sure where he is or what his name is like you were last time you were in the ring with me. You don’t have a tag partner around to try, but fail, to pick up the slack for you. Instead, you are flying solo against me and my perfectly PURE state of mind. The differences between then and now are numerous. I want to be here now. I want to be someone worth remembering. I’m not just collecting a paycheck to get wasted at night, and I am damn sure a lot more polished inside the ring than I was back then. I have been back here since October and have not been pinned, and have not submitted in all of that time. I got knocked out of Blast From The Past because of a lackluster partner that apparently deserves a top title shot this week while I get left at the bottom of the card struggling to get noticed in the Roulette division. Jet City lost their tag titles by going over a top rope. As far as someone beating me in the middle of that ring, it has not happened since CJ Sharpe cheated to pin me in January of last year. How many times have you been pinned or submitted in the last 473 days, Josh? What about just this year? Those numbers are laughably higher than the zero times it has happened to me.”

Carefully, he turns to his side and stands up on top of the rock wall, brushing off the chalk from his shirt and shorts. Once he gets settled, he takes a single step towards the camera, offering one last thought.

”I have already proven that at my worst, I can be victorious over your best. Unfortunately for you, I am PURE and at my best, and you’re about as intimidating as a sneeze. I look forward to beating you. Even if it is only so that I can rub it in Christian’s face that his ‘punishment’ was about as difficult as trying to find something to hate about Xander Bishop.”

70
Climax Control Archives / Direction
« on: April 07, 2017, 11:53:57 PM »
 
We open on Kristopher Halich pacing back and forth in front of the camera. He is wearing a plain white shirt, and bright orange basketball shorts, a clear indication that he is somewhere inside his home. He is looking down at the floor as he moves back and forth in front of the camera. He mutters a few words, but they are mostly to himself. Suddenly, he stops, coming to some kind of conclusion in his head.

”I guess that I have been a lot more quiet on social media since my last match. I kind of avoided saying a lot last show even though I ended up in front of a few cameras. The thing is, as much as it was time for Jet City to take a backseat for a little while, Jet City gave me direction. When Jason and I first started putting Jet City together last year, I had been out of wrestling for a while. It had been a while since I had really been seen anywhere and at one point I was pretty sure that I was done with this business. I had come in, had some success, and that was going to be enough.”

He takes a deep breath, taking another step like he is going to resume his pacing before stopping himself and unpacking more of his thoughts.

”Jason had it in his mind that he had done everything that he ever wanted to do, except hold tag team titles with me. It was important to him, because as he has told all of you on more than one occasion, he borrowed this dream from me. He felt like because of that, his career should make it come full circle. Jet City had a pretty solid championship run from the first moment we showed up in SCW, until the second split. We even had a match against each other which was more than we could have ever asked for, honestly. I challenge any of you to name a pair of siblings that wouldn’t jump at the chance to fight each other in front of a few thousand people, while a whole lot more watched the events from home.”

This time a chuckle cuts him off. He does not look at the camera but fans can see his hand clench into a tight fist as he realizes where his thoughts had led him to.

”Now that Jason has left on his world tour, Jet City isn’t around to give me direction anymore. I think that is the reason that I have been quiet. For a while I was thinking that maybe I could just fall back in with the same people that I used to hang around. I thought that the Kris Halich that you all would want to see, would be the one that found the most success here. I thought about throwing on the red hoodie, coming down to the ring to some Manson, and talking about how entitled the roster seems to act these days.”

As he speaks he takes a few steps before turning on his heel, and going back the other direction. As he finishes, he pauses while he runs over the faces of the people on the roster. Before he gets lost in it, he shakes the thought away. He stops, and actually looks up at the camera this time.

”What I’ve come to realize, is that isn’t me anymore. I’m not a nobody, despite what some people might try to sell you. I got off to a rough start here, but I kicked a whole lot of ass on my way to the Internet Championship and I held onto that thing for four months. I got to main event shows against people in the SCW Hall of Fame. I made such an impact that when I came back more than a year later, Jet City was a no brainer for a tag team title match. A tag team title match that we won that led to neither of us being pinned, or submitted since we the moment we signed a contract. For Jason, that means never actually being bested, at least in a technical sense, for his entire time here. I can’t call myself a nobody having done those things. It takes way too much effort to sell a lie, and everybody can always tell when you’re faking it. Look no further than Xander Bishop for an example of that.”

Not a chuckle, but a full bodied laugh cuts him off this time. It takes him a moment to get it under control, but once he does, his face melts back into that same irritated confusion from before.

”So what else could I do for direction? Shedding the nobody gimmick should have been a no brainer, because I actually turned my back on that once already. That’s the reason that Lexi pretty much can’t stand me. I picked up and ran with this “Accident” thing for a long time because it mirrored what people said about me. I had a recognizable last name when I popped up, so I accidentally lucked into the right places at the right times. The Nobodies were an accidental hit. Who thought that people would respond to people they could relate to? I accidentally got Despayre to start competing in singles when he had been part of a tag team for so long. Look at him now. Let’s also not forget the punchline of accidentally impregnating Liz Smalls.”

It brings a smirk to his lips. That was a subject that he no longer touched on a lot because it seemed like such a long time ago. However, it is wiped away just like his thoughts of reclaiming the mantle of ‘nobody’.

”Here’s the problem with all that, I’m not that person either. I didn’t accidentally show up in SCW. If you all remember, the first thing that I told all of you when I came back was that I was here for redemption. I was here to do things the right, and sober way. I wanted to step into the ring and know that I pushed things as far as they could go for as long as they could go every single time. Win or lose. To tell you the truth, more often than not I did this job just to collect a paycheck. Nothing more. Nothing less. When I made the decision to come back, it was to show everyone what I could do with actual motivation. Jet City winning and reigning over the tag division for four months wasn’t an accident.”

He reaches off camera and when he comes back to the center of the frame, he has a steel chair in hand that he unfolds and places a few feet in front of the camera, sitting down. He looks only at the floor for a second, bringing his hands up to his face to try to wipe the lack of sleep out of his eyes.

”Therein lies the problem though, right? My very actions seem to ruin every direction that I could go. Nothing that I have ever done quite fits the person that is sitting in front of you today. I’m a somebody, that’s here on purpose, that’s no longer being held back by an overprotective partner.”

As he goes he seems to get more and more excited about being “let out of the box” as Mikah had put it on Twitter. For the first time, the idea of shedding all of those identities did not seem to be weighing him down.

”A Blast From The Past partner is a little different from a regular partner though. I mean for one, she is much better looking. For two, she is a she. Although, I’m not 100% sure that is an actual difference from what I am used to. The jury is still out. We’re also not fighting to protect anything. From the first match Jet City had here, we had the titles and from that point it was just about keeping them. There was no chase. It was a balancing act. Blast From The Past is a chase, and the biggest chase that this company has to offer. Outlast teams comprised of literally anyone interested in joining from inside the company, or outside the company? All for the chance at winning a title shot? Not as a team really, but two individuals each trying to claim their prize.”

He lets his mind wander to what he would after winning the tournament. It all seemed so close. The reality of the situation brings him down out of his thoughts though.

”The match itself is even different. We can’t single a person out, because as soon as one person makes a tag, both teams switch things up. It goes against the very nature ot tag team wrestling to offer your opponent a free time out every time you tag. However, the fact that we are each pursuing our own prize by winning this, it means just about everyone can learn to coexist with someone for a few matches.”

He shrugs. Even someone like him, who was typically incapable of playing nice with anyone, could learn to play nice for a short period of time if the price was right. In the case of Blast From The Past, the price was perfect.

”I happened to get lucky. The random partners thing popped up my name right next to Polly Playtime. She may not be the most decorated person on the female side of this tournament, but she is probably the most like me. I can look at her and see the same, ‘fuck the world let’s go have fun at it’s expense’ look in her eye that I see in the mirror. When everyone participating in the tournament was announced, I made lists of who would be acceptable to team with and trust when I say that Polly’s name was on the top of the shortest of the shortlists. The fact is, she’s not even reached her full potential here yet. You can look at half of the names in this tournament and notice that they are past their best years. As Chelsea Payne has put it a few times, you can’t look around the locker room without seeing at least one reanimated corpse that SCW brought back for this tournament.”

At the mention of Chelsea’s name, he winks at the camera, no doubt part of the ongoing battle with her boyfriend. He was not about to lay off the rest of the people in the tournament though.

”In addition to the old, there are a lot of choices that were bad for more than one reason. For instance, I didn’t want to team with Amanda Cortez because it turns out I am allergic people with herpes. I could have never focused. I would have had to wear gloves just to tag in and out and that doesn’t sound fun at all. But it’s not just that. Some I just couldn’t stomach being around. One afternoon with Sam Marlowe and my brains would be art on the fucking wall. Our personalities clash. Mainly the fact that I have one, and she is way too far up on her moral high horse to allow herself to find her own. She literally worked concessions after Chelsea beat her. She’s a fucking doormat.”

He shakes his head, a light shiver running down his spine at the mere thought of having to deal with her week, after week, after week. That would not be a price worth paying. There was a light at the end of the tunnel though.

”But no…. I got Polly. It seems like we are going to be on the same page about most things without having to really even talk about them. Anybody that pays enough attention to either of us knows that putting us together just seems to make sense, and sound damn entertaining. We made it a point to pop up last week, even without a match, just to test the waters. That’s more than you can say about some of the teams in this tournament. Someone of them have been quiet. Some of them just blatantly hate each other, not unlike the team of Misty and Brother Grimm apparently.”

Some of the confidence that he has been lacking up to this point starts to come back as he turns towards the subject of the people that he was going to actually be in the ring with. He seems to stop himself from going any further though. It was not the right time or place, nor was it what he had sat down to talk about.

”There are just a few things that all of you need to understand going into Climax Control. As far as partners go, I hit the jackpot. As far as direction, I’m done searching for answers in the past. The only thing that matters is getting to the end of this tournament so that this next chapter, regardless of what it is going to be called, can go ahead and get kicked off sooner rather than later.”

He offers a smile before standing from the chair, and disappearing past the side of the camera. For a moment, it stays focused just on the chair, before the feeds cuts off to static.

===================================
===================================
===================================



4 April 2017
11:22 AM PDT
Jet City Sports Lab



Kris bursts through the glass double doors of the front entrance of the gym that he and Coby Quik had been slaving to get open over the last few weeks. Kris had even allowed Coby to unveil the gym as part of a dig at an opponent of his own. However, now that it had been announced to the public, their timetable to get it done was shrinking. The doors do not even fully close behind Kris before the noise he makes grabs Coby’s attention, who is working on organizing the layout of the gym.

”What are you so pissed off about so earlier in the morning?”

Kris makes short work of the distance in between himself and Coby, and tries, but fails, to calm himself down.


”Early? Coby it’s almost noon. This isn’t early. Early was when I was up at five o’clock with two very awake children after only getting about an hour of sleep because I have been having to secondhand argue with people all day, everyday, for like three weeks!”

Coby looks up confused.

”Secondhand argue?”

Kris’ phone beeps in his hand and he does not even look at the screen before spinning on his heel and throwing it as hard  as he can across the room. It first makes contact with one of the weight racks which splinters the phone into pieces that go multiple directions.

”Every time my phone goes off it is someone texting me, or calling me to tell me that Jason has changed something, or wants to do something different than the way we planned it.”

Coby nods in agreement with him, not seeing how it makes Kris any different from any of the rest of the people involved with the gym so far.

”Yeah, he is on his world vacation with that chick so he calls in to tell us all how horrible we are at doing all of his part of the work for him. Join the club dude.”

Kris steps forward and places both of his hands on Coby’s shoulders, which gets the smaller man to look up at him.

”No…. He calls all of you… and then all of you come to to me. He won’t talk to me. I won’t answer calls, and he ignores texts. The night we lost the titles, he said we needed a break, and that is the last time I have heard from him.”

Coby slaps both of Kris’ hands away and laughs.

”So you’re mad that your brother broke up with you? Dude haven’t you been going on and on for years about how you have done everything in your power to get him to go away and he refuses to leave you alone? Now you are actually complaining about the fact that he isn’t talking to you. If I didn’t know any better I’d say that you actually---”

Kris turns away from Coby and kicks a stack of workout mats that go flying.

”There’s just so much going on and I’m tired of being the person at the end of the chain. The sign outside says Jet City. Last I checked I am half of Jet City, and if I remember correctly, the better half after our match against each other. Now I’m suddenly not good enough to talk to.”

Coby laughs.

”How does Heather deal with you? You are like a big, whiny, man-baby, and she already had a toddler and a newborn at home. You just threw your phone across the room and broke it while you were throwing a tantrum. Just chill.”

Kris turns back to Coby confused, and then looks back and forth between him and where the phone shattered. After looking back and forth a few times, Kris points in the direction of the phone questioningly.

”You mean that phone?”

Coby nods, the confusion now spreading to his own face.

”What other phone would I be talking about?”

Kris shakes his head and smiles. His hand drops to his pocket and he pulls his phone from it, clicking the screen on, and showing Coby the background picture of Heather.

”My phone is fine.”

Coby points over at the decoy phone now totally lost.

”What was---”

Kris cuts him off, but is already backpedaling back towards the front of the gym.

”Oh, that one was yours. You left it outside and I walked past it on the way in. Chelsea has been looking for you...”

Coby takes one more look back at the shattered remains of the phone before taking off at a sprint towards Kris who pushes open the front door and takes off down the street.


===================================
===================================
===================================



”The problem with this tournament is the people that it brings out.”

This time when we open on the former SCW Tag Team Champion he is dressed as we would see him on his way down to the ring. He is sitting on a table, his back to the obstacle course that takes up half the floor space at the Jet City Sports Lab.

For the most part we get people from past and present SCW, with a couple outside faces popping in. I have been here while a few of these tournaments have been going on, but never lept into them before for that reason, and that reason alone. It attracts the stars of yesterday and unfamiliar faces. In a lot of cases, a good chunk of the people that show up in thr tournament have nothing better to do with their time than participate. They have sometimes spent months, or an entire year since the tournament last happened not involved in this business and staying safely at home.

He takes a drink from the bottle of water in his hand, and uses his other hand to brush away sweat from his brow.

”Meanwhile you have everyone on the roster here busting ass week in and week out. We have promos that you can watch for every match that we have ever been in. We pop up on the show even when we are not in the ring. Most of us even have some kind of Twitter presence where you can get a real feel for us without having to pay attention to the show even. We are easily accessible at the click of a button.”

He shakes his head, looking disappointed.


”To be completely honest with all of you, I when I wasn’t part of this company, I wasn’t paying any attention to it. Misty and I have both come and gone from SCW a few times, but we have never really been around at the same time. Before this match was announced the only thing that I knew about her was that she used to have some really bad memory problems. When she came back for this tournament the last time, she was very touchy about the subject and went as far as to block me on social media. Our paths never actually crossed to my knowledge. After this match was announced, I learned something else about Misty. I learned that there was some dude named Brother Grimm that has been trying to make her life hell for the last year. I shit you not, it was all news to me.”

He laughs, but there is something under the humor that was not yet coming through.


”I’m not trying to say that the people standing across from me at Climax Control are not to be taken seriously. These two are the second most successful combination in this tournament. They have six championship reigns in this company between the two of them, and have actually competed in this tournament before. Furthermore, they can both look back at the last few months and see exactly what Polly and I have been up to. They can plan for our exact timing in a match. They can see the mistakes that we were making right up to Blaze of Glory. The fact that we have been around week after week means that we are undoubtedly two of the most thoroughly scouted individuals in this tournament.”

He shrugs.

”Not even I have a response to that claim that is going to be able to sway any of you away from the belief that this is going to be probably the toughest challenge that I have ever come up against. What I can tell you, is that all the research in the world cannot make up for the fact that Polly and I doing this every single week is the best thing that we have going for us. Sure, it definitely means that we are going to be the less prepared team heading into this match, but it also means that we are the most ring ready. We know exactly how hard we can push ourselves today, not how hard we could do it months ago. Maybe that is what gives us the edge in this match. If it’s not that, maybe it will be the fact that we can actually get along.”

He pauses to let the dig settle in.

”The announcement for this match came with the disclaimer that Brother Grimm has made Misty’s life hell. If that is true, how can she stomach the idea of tagging him into the match. For that matter, why would she tag herself into the match in order to save him from catching a beating? I mean that’s the only reason to tag in this match, right? As long as you have the momentum you want to stay in the ring, because the moment you tag out, your opponent gets a breather. The only reason that Brother Grimm would be reaching to tag Misty’s hand would be because he needed her help. I don’t know about any of you, but no title shot is worth saving a person that was trying to ruin my life. No accolade in this business would be greater than knowing that I was the person that could offer help, but they were reaping exactly what they have sowed. Why would I throw that away in pursuit of a possible shot at a championship at the end of this tournament?”

He seems to consider the other side of the coin as well.


”Conversely, if I were trying to ruin a person’s life, why would I even attempt to function as a partner to that person? If my whole goal was to see them crushed, would I not just bring some popcorn down to ringside and witness the carnage first hand? It wouldn’t make sense to offer my hand and allow them reprieve from bodily harm if I wanted to see them in agony. Let’s face it, these two functioning as a team is not only unlikely and illogical, but goes against who they both are as people. Yet, standing across from that are two people with no ring rust at all that can actually manage to get along with one another.”

He tosses the half empty water bottle into a trash bin and uses a towel to dry his face before pushing off of the table.

”All things considered, I’m not sure either of our teams has an edge going in. We each have positives, and negatives, and highlighting every one of them would take lots of time and would be super boring for everyone involved. The fact is that you two have the experience in every possible way that you could define the term. On the other hand, my team is more than match ready, capable of working together, and made up of two people whose brightest days in this company are ahead of them and no longer in the rear view.”

He takes a step towards the camera, contemplating how he wants to close out. He hunches down so that his face is directly in front of the lens.

”Misty, you don’t even have to be on my radar for this match, because my sole purpose has to be to keep you on the apron. To me, this is just a match between me and Grimm with the added difficulty of making sure Polly’s shoulders stay off of the mat. The easiest way to do that is to keep you out of this match. It seems to be as good of a shot as I am going to get. ”

He laughs.

”So that just leaves us, Grimm. Which one of us is it going to be? I’m sure our opinions on the matter are not going to agree with one another, but I also think that you are banking on something that is just not going to happen. You whole shtick revolves around me being afraid of you. If you know anything about me, you know that I am already really well acquainted with real fear. That kind of terrified your life is ending and seeing it flash before your eyes kind of fear. There is nothing that a man inside a wrestling ring can say that is going to come close to that. There is no threat you can make. There is no harm you can inflict. The one weapon that you know to use, just isn’t going to cut it in the ring against me, and no amount of reading up on me is going to be able to prepare for that fact that I’m not a guy that follows a plan during a match. Not even I know how this is going to play out, and I’m not going to try and run it all through my head. When that bell rings, whatever happens, happens. I don’t see you besting me even if it was on your best day.”

He flicks the button on the side of the camera, cutting the feed off to static.


71
Climax Control Archives / Flying Solo
« on: March 03, 2017, 11:49:31 PM »
 6:51am
Honolulu, Hawaii
3 March 2017



The video starts with a camera fixed on Jason Halich. He is sitting in a lawn chair, and the only thing that can be seen around him in the frame is sand. Though we are outside, it is just before dawn, so the low level of light make it hard to read his face. He is not directly facing the camera though, looking above and left of it like the real view the opposite direction.

”Jet City is flying solo this week in a lot more ways than I realized until just now. It started out with just this match. Yeah, two SCW Tag Champions are going to be teaming together, but the person standing on my side of the ring isn’t Kris, so I have a hard time finding a way to get motivated without him out there. I guess that kind of sounds sappy, or even a little disturbing, but anyone that has been around him knows that doing shows is a lot more fun with him than it is by yourself.”

He shrugs, forcing a smile onto his face that can be seen as the sun rises just high enough to finally splash a little light where he is sitting.

”Then his daughter born on my daughter’s birthday. A lot of you can see why that is a little rough for me. We kind of touched on that subject once or twice before now. To push it a little further, he names her after our sister, a second big emotional hole in our lives. Of course, as happy as I am for him, that meant that not only was I going to be flying solo in this match, I was flying solo all together. When that thought came to me, I handed him back his daughter, drove to the airport, hopped on a plane, and found myself here not even twenty-four hours later.”

He laughs, but even people that are mostly deaf can hear how forced it sounds.

”Nothing like a sporadic vacation to a beach to take stock of your life on a random... Thursday… or whatever today is… Friday at this point. Who knows what it will be by the time I actually get around to putting it up. I guess I’m just taking stock of my life and not liking the fact that I see everyone else moving forward, while I stand in the same place.”

He shakes his head, not happy with the way that he worded the thought, and then physically waving it away.

”Talking about Kris as a lead in with that was a terrible segway. That’s not at all what I mean. He can take all of those personal steps for himself without me getting too bent out of shape. The similarities with dates and names is a little weird to get used to, but not upsetting. The rebuilding of all of the bridges he has burned is great for him. Personally, I am perfectly content with being the unmarried older guy that’s not thirsting over every slut on Twitter. The standing still that I’m talking about is professionally. Last time I made a real run of anything, I went to the very top of a company in my first match, and then stayed there until someone literally ended my career for a few years. I came to SCW and history repeated itself. I find myself at the very top of my division from my very first match, and they can’t seem to find anyone to take the championship away from me. This time I even have Kris there to mess everything up, and still cannot seem to lose. The match that Rage technically won? I never did a damn thing to actually get disqualified so clearly someone paid a referee to do them a favor.”

The laugh that follows the words is much more genuine than the first.

”I can’t seem to lose, and the people running this company will tell you at every turn that we aren’t actually expected to do much of anything. Every time we retain it seems everyone is surprised. Every time Jet City does one of these promos, we get all kinds of comments about how we are biting off more than we can chew. Yet, we told you The Elder Bitches would fail. They did. We said The Unholy Alliance was good on paper but a serious mismatch in reality, and nobody believed we had a chance in either match that they failed to beat us in. We literally made fun of how little Dying Breed cared about their limp-wristed shot at the titles, and then proved those words as gospel truth when the bell rang. Their response to every team being a lack of a real challenge is to just throw a bunch of them at us at once. Maybe that is another idea that looks good on paper, but it’s also one that’s going to fail to take the titles away from Jet City. You’re going to hear us say that a lot in the coming weeks, but for some reason everyone will be surprised when it happens.”

He shakes his head and looks away from the horizon line and actually into the camera for the first time.

”But… again… that’s not really the point that I am trying to make. Jet City will handle what Jet City has to handle, when Jet City has to handle it. This week is about something a little different. Last time I did this, I plateaued and it took injury to force me out of my position. I remember thinking that I wish I had done so much more. Why did I stop at the top of one division, or one company? If I was so dominant, why did I not attempt to spread myself across a couple companies and become an even bigger name than I was. The longer I had to think about it, the more I realized that people these days still remember companies that I was part of, and even one that I owned. I’m still a pretty well known guy without really taking advantage when I was the top of my game. The question I have been faced with is, am I okay with just being a tag team champion, or do I want something more for myself. Kris has Blast From The Past coming up, and if he wins that, and then a singles title, Jet City is done for pretty much on the spot. That’s not really a whole lot different from getting injured. The rug still gets pulled out from under your feet in both situations. There are no double champions in SCW.”

He shrugs, holding his arms out to his sides, palms up towards the brightening sky.

”With everyone around me thinking about their future, escaping away to a warm play and a nice beach seemed to be the perfect place to think about mine. What is going to happen if Kris is ready to move on? Before losing that match, I thought that him wanting to strike out on his own might be a while. I thought that I would have a little more time. Maybe that I would be more ready to leave. As it is, this whole ride could be coming to an end and I don’t know whether to recruit a new tag team partner, go after some singles gold, or maybe look to different companies with new challenges, or old grudges. I’ve been straight about being here because this company means the world to Kris. I have a lot of respect for everyone here, but I still kind of feel like an outsider. I know how people like Chelsea Payne feel when they talk about being on the outside of Sin City and looking in, and she seems to be another one of those people that is branching out without a lot of people actually noticing it.”

He winks at the camera, and turns his attention to the horizon line again. The sun raises high enough for him to have to squint when he is looking that direction. More of his surroundings start to be visible, like the stairway leading up from the beach behind him.

”Where does that leave us, huh? I’m flying totally solo on what is supposed to be a two man operation. Just in general, Jet City is possibly coming up on big changes depending on what happens in the coming months. I have a bunch of options, but am almost paralyzed into inaction. Typically it is a good thing to be able to see the big picture instead of just focusing on the week to week. If you have a plan, and a direction, your goals are easier to meet. Jet City had a plan when we first started doing this a year ago. We haven’t lost a match together since that time. This week it seems to be a curse that I can’t unsee the big picture. I can’t stop looking at the big things that are ahead. Even looking forward to facing just about every team in the tag team division in the same night is attention getting. It makes it easy to overlook this week, and this odd little tag match. It is really less of a tag match and more of two singles matches racing to see who can finish first.”

He leans forward in his chair, and brings his feet down to the sand on either side of the chair. The strangeness of it made it more interesting to him.

”Think about it, inside the match, if it were a straight tag match, we would have The Elders vs The Elders. However, Jon is really only in the ring with me. He’s not going to have anything to do with Alana just like I’m not going to have anything to do with Uriella. Aside from taking turns competing, this isn’t a whole lot like a real tag match. As such, I really don’t have to care about my partner. Jet City and the Female Elders get along well enough. But, for me, Jet City and those Elder Bitches are just not going to ever be cool. For me, this match is just as much Jet City vs Elders Bitches as it is JHalc vs Jon Dough. The problem with that is, we already know the result to Jet City vs anybody on this roster goes, let alone the sorry asses we took the titles from to start our amazing reign. So you can bank that this match is not going to go any differently. If I were Alana, I would be pushing myself real hard this week, because if she can’t get the job done against Uriella before I get bored, then I’m going to wreck a member of The Elders right in front of her so that I can jet out of the arena and hope things get back to normal next week.”

He pushes himself up from the chair and crosses the short distance to the camera, picking it up, and spinning it around to see the sunrise across the water.

”If any of you think you have something important to tell me in the next few days, I want you to think about if you would want to be bothered by anybody when this was the view you were trying to enjoy. And then, regardless of what you think, you can just fuck right off anyways. Jon, I might be flying solo, but after a few more days like this, I’m going to be more than ready to get this over quickly so that I can come back to looking at this, instead of you standing across a ring from me.”

The screen starts to slowly fade to black, and then cuts off entirely.

72
Climax Control Archives / Insanity
« on: February 17, 2017, 11:05:30 PM »
 


”Ivan Darrell and Andrew Garcia….”

Jason’s voice can be heard before the camera even focuses on the two men that are standing in front of it. The figure next to him speaks, not letting the fans down by not appearing next to his brother.

”Dying Breed...”

The camera comes into focus on the two. Each of their shirts is a plain color, Jason’s red and Kris’ orange. Across the front of each shirt is a word, but they are not the same. The older brother’s shirt reads, “#Jet” while the younger’s reads “#City”. They are even standing on the proper sides, so that fans watching can read left to right across their chests and put the team name together correctly.

”Former SCW Tag Team Champions...”

Until now, both of their voices had sounded genuine. Each statement was bold, and meant to be a headline of sorts. Kris is the first to break from that, turning to his brother and complaining.

”From like… March 2015 to… later in March 2015. Do we really have to build these guys up as important? Like, I feel like everything we have to say is just so much stronger without doing the whole song and dance. We have to mention their ‘blink and you missed it’ tag team title reign, when they didn’t even have to beat the former champions to win the belts? I don’t think I can stomach this one Jay.”

Jason tries to stay focused on the camera, and not break from the serious look on his face, but when he notices that Kris is not just going to stop and go back to what they were doing, he turns his head and then moves his eyes back and forth between Kris and the camera, hinting at him to stick to what they were doing.

”Oh fuck you and your camera! These guys haven’t done anything worth getting a title shot in a while. So they beat the Bad Boys and get to move to the front of the line? We hate The Elder Bitches, but they should have been given this shot instead of these two. How good can the Bad Boys be? Isn’t one of them brain dead enough to be able to stomach conversation with Veronica Taylor?”

Jason starts nodding back towards the camera, becoming more overt in trying to get his brother to go back to talking to it instead of him.

”For the love of God… WHAT?!”

Jason extends an arm to the camera, and finally snaps, raising his voice and yelling at his brother and tag partner.

”Talk to the camera. Vent frustrations to people buying tickets. Sell the match to people that are planning to leave early and beat the traffic out of the arena. Stop telling me things I already know, and talk to them. Why can you nev---”

Kris cuts him off, holding up his hand and turning from his brother to the camera.

”Want frustration? Here is some frustration. We are defending our titles in a main event that they didn’t earn, and that we never asked for. It’s got all of thirty seconds worth of hype and thought put into it. From what I remember, I’m not sure we’ve so much as really talked to each other since Jet City has been around SCW. Other than a shot at titles that they couldn’t hang onto last time, what reason do they have to be excited about the idea of fighting Jet City?”

He waits, but Jason does not answer him, and neither does the camera as a result of being an inanimate object. Unchecked, Kris just keeps rambling.

”It’s not like they don’t like us. We haven’t been mixing it up with Dying Breed on social media like we occasionally do with the likes of “The Promise Breaker” Rage, or Drake Green’s little bitch J2H. We didn’t cross paths in the back, or come out and take note of one of their matches. There is nothing here. So, that just leaves me with one question: How many di---”

The camera feed cuts awkwardly in the middle of the sentence, and starts abruptly what had to be a few moments after that. When it does come back, Jason is stepping away from the camera, when only a frame ago he was directly next to Kris. The tone of Kris’ voice had changed entirely, almost remorseful.

”How was I supposed to know? It’s not like I really know or pay attention to them.”

Jason shakes his head, and motions back to the camera, ushering Kris to take a different route with his words.

”Yeah, well you know now….”

Kris nods, but the look on his face shows that if he does actually care, it is very little.

”It doesn’t matter how or why Dying Breed got this match. I don’t know what strings they pulled, or favors they called in, but here we are. I also don’t want to give any of you the impression that I’m not game to walk down the aisle and compete in this match. I’m going to be in the middle of that beautiful six sided ring, in a main event, as a reigning champion. That’s not something that having less than stellar opponents is going to change. Jet City is still going to come out there, do our thing, and walk away with another title defense under our belt. By my count, that would roughly be two more than Dying Breed racked up in the three weeks that they held these championships. If they think that they have a snowball’s chance in hell at walking out of this with a win, then The Mean Girls are not the only special needs case on this roster. And just like that faction of dumb sluts, these two can easily ‘Get Fi---”

Again, the feed awkwardly cuts. Jason goes from standing at Kris’ side to having his back to the camera, walking back to the position that he technically never left. This time he is beyond angry though.

”Just shut up. I’ll do it myself.”

Kris shakes his head furiously and argues that directorial choice.

”Listen asshole, if you think that you still get to order me around after I beat your ass in our last match, then you can eat a mouthful of my ba--”

Again the camera cuts, but this time when it returns, Jason is in front of it by himself. He takes a deep breath, clearly annoyed.

”You know what the definition of insanity is according to Einstein? I don’t think, for a second, that there is any way that a viewer of this particular kind of entertainment has never heard the phrase quoted, but I will give it to you for the millionth time anyway. Insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting a different result. It is horribly cliched to point out, but everything about my current situation ties to that phrase.”

He expertly pauses, allowing the minds of those that are watching the video to try and figure out what he was going to say next. Confirming the most thought of choice, his next words reference his brother.

”Trying to get Kris to stay away from a handful of subjects during a promo by playing nice, was obviously just stupid. Trying to enforce those rules while being polite was insanity. You people aren’t going to believe this, but we started this at nine this morning. Thirteen hours later, here I am by myself. I blame myself, mostly…. I think we all know exactly where Kris stands though. Fortunately for us all, he is taking a little nonconsensual nap of screen.”

He raises a finger and points out of frame to the left of the camera. Slowly it turns and shows the opposite side of the basement than what they were facing. In the small resting area to the side of the obstacle course that has made appearances in previous promos, is a couch that looks ripped apart. The table there has been flipped over, two glass end tables have been shattered. In all of the mess, resting on the back of the couch, is a foot up in the air. The rest of the other half of Jet City was out of view, but the PF Flyer on his foot gave his identity away. Slowly the camera starts to move back to the standing half of the SCW Tag Team Champions.  

”Let me remind all of you, I’m no stranger to being called a little insane, but I am not the only one in this equation that is displaying that kind of behavior. Don’t believe me? Think about SCW Management. Before our first match with the Unholy Alliance, we told management that they didn’t deserve it, and that they couldn’t beat us. They proved on that night that they didn’t need to beat us. The Unholy Alliance just needed to give management a little sizzle and they would get a title shot. Sure enough, their plan worked. They got their match, and again, Kris and I told management that they didn’t deserve it, and that they would lose. Inception II came and went, but the SCW Tag Team Champions remained the same. Now here we are, after an attempt to pull us apart, with Jet City delivering the news that a team has done nothing worth giving a title shot to, and because they were never made to earn it, they are not motivated to take these titles. Dying Breed is going to lose, because the powers that be in SCW keep doing the same thing over and over again, and expecting one of these teams to knock us off the top of the mountain. ”

He pauses, shaking his head.

”And on the subject of the vampire and the mobster, I heard it mentioned during last week’s show that the big win they picked up has moved them back into our sights. Let me be the first person to tell you, they are further off of our radar than Dying Breed was before this match was announced. They fail to beat us once, maybe giving them another shot makes sense. At this point they have failed twice, and no winning record against other teams is going to change the fact that they CANNOT beat Jet City. It would be insane to book that match for a third time. Think about it gentlemen.”

He brings both of his hands up to cover his mouth, his eyes going wide. Still feigning mock outrage at his own words, his voice becomes much more high pitched as he mimics the voice of Ms. Rocky Mountains as best he can.

”But Jason, talking about The Unholy Alliance means that Jet City is already looking past Dying Breed, but that match is for the titles….”

His face goes emotionless, and he shakes his head slowly back and forth, rolling his eyes.

”Are we underestimating them? Maybe. Are we looking past them? Definitely. A successful tag team always keeps their eyes on the future. Why? Because there shouldn’t be any doubt in their minds that there is another challenge coming after this hurdle gets jumped. The moment you start thinking that maybe your next challenge is going to be your last, is the moment that you lose the championship you’re holding. Rest assured, that’s not going to be a line of thinking going through any of the heads in Jet City. We are looking ahead, because anyone thinking that Dying Breed is going to be the team that ends our title reign needs to be committed to a room with fluffy walls and a hug jacket.”

He laughs.

”So on behalf of my brother, “Mr. Jet City” Kristopher Halich, I’m going to suggest that before Dying Breed comes out the ring for the main event, they pick up a phone and use it to call an ambulance.”

He takes a few steps closer to the camera, leaning in so that only his face fills the frame.

”Dying Breed is going to need it, because they think they are leaving with tag team gold, when really they are walking into the worst accident of their career, and will be lucky to walk out.”

The camera feed fades out to black, and just before it cuts off, the Jet City logo pops up, freezing on the frame as the video ends.

73
Climax Control Archives / What Motivates Us
« on: February 03, 2017, 10:55:02 PM »
 

The screen starts out black and slowly starts to fade in. We see Jason Halich, dressed in a suit, climbing up the stairs of what looks like the outside of a church. However, as we follow inside the building, it is clear that it is not a church at all, but some kind of mausoleum. There are plaques along the walls, stacked five high from floor to ceiling and each about the length of a coffin. The hallway in front of him stretches down the length of a football field, and there are several doorways leading out both sides of the building. All of the doors were open, the backside of the building leading out to the main cemetery. Jason stops at one of the plaques, but something through the door catches his eye.

”You know, I was thinking that coming here might not have been much of a good idea, but apparently I was wrong. It would appear that someone had the same idea when we did, or at least something similar.”
>He turns to the camera for the first time, and points them to look through the doorway. None of the viewers are surprised to see Kris Halich sitting in front of one of the gravestones most of the way down the aisle. We do not pick up what he is saying from this distance, but can clearly see him turn to the camera. The red haired woman operating the camera turns to Jason and shakes her head. He turns back to the camera and starts to lead them back to the plaque that he previously stopped at. He does not draw immediate attention to it though, gesturing back towards Kris.


”I should have been able to guess what he was going to want to get off of his chest before we did this whole match. I guess I doubted whether or not he was ready to talk about that part of his life. Then again, I shouldn’t be surprised. In the last year he has slowly allowed himself to become a normal person. By that I don’t mean grow up. In the Peter Pan sense of the phrase, that’s never going to happen for him. He’s never going to let go of that part of himself that half of you probably hate, and the rest of you love. That polarizing, harsh, hurtful sarcasm that he uses to pick at people, or make people laugh is never going to go away. He was like that long before drugs, and long before ever becoming people recognize in a crowd. ”

He laughs, shaking his head. He had tried to force Kris out of that attitude for years, and it had most likely made things worse instead of better. Kris had a way of doing the exact opposite of what Jay told him to do out of spite.

”What I mean is that, for the first time ever, he is not boxing himself off. He swore to me from the first moment he ever considered the idea of marriage, that he was never going to get married. His reasoning being that our sister was never going to get to have her own special day, so he shouldn’t get to either. He told me that he wasn’t going to have kids, because he clearly doesn’t know how to take care of himself, let alone anyone else. I have never seen him willing do a job that wasn’t wrestling related. That is, until now. He does a lot of work in rehab centers, and goes to a ton of groups to try and keep people away from stuff. He cares more about his son than I have ever seen him care about anything in his entire life. He finally fought for and got married to the only girl he ever let really get close to him, and that includes Liz Smalls. He has turned his life around, and doesn’t really carry the burden of our sister’s death anymore. It even has a little to do with the woman out there with him kind of filling in as the surrogate sister he feels like he failed. He’s allowing himself to have a real life, and form relationships with people for the first time. It’s one of the reasons that I convinced him to do this Jet City thing. I saw it happening and wanted to come along for the ride. I wanted to stay close to see all of that stuff happen at the same time that he finally came into this business and really succeeded. I wanted to be a part of that greatness, to bring this whole thing full circle.”

He takes a deep breath, and then nods his head.

”At this point in my career, I can admit a few things without feeling bad about them, or needing any pity after I say them. I have won world titles, triple crowns, and have been inducted into hall of fames, but I’m not that guy anymore. In all, I have had five different surgeries on my right knee. To say I lose a step with each year that I get older is an understatement. The reason that I stayed away for so long, is because I can honestly say it took the majority of the three years I have been out of the ring for my knee to get back to normal after what Blyss Lockhart did to me. That’s not to say that I am not every bit as talented as I have always been. It does mean that I know I am to a point where being a tag team champion is probably the only thing that I have left on the table. I know if it came down to just me having to go full speed for world class matches a half hour at a time every single week, I would be on the injured list in just a few months. I don’t have that kind of stamina anymore.”

Again, he gestures out towards the door where his brother is still sitting.

”What I do have, or better yet what Jet City has, is that kid out there that is a bottomless pit of stamina. For the shortcomings that I have, he has the counterbalance. For every imperfection that he has when the tempo of a match slows down, I have the knowhow to get us out of that situation. Our skillsets are somewhat opposite. Our personalities are somewhat opposite too. I know that you can all tell the differences between us when we are separate. I know that you can all also see how everyone around Kris gets sucked into his little sphere and start to show some of his qualities. I think that’s what makes Jet City entertaining to watch. At the end of the day, we don’t get along all the time. We don’t pretend to, but we can come together and lay both a verbal and physical beating on anyone on this roster. You’re not going to hear Jet City ranting about breaking bones or ending people. If you want that you can turn into half of the SCW roster and hear that. We give people something a little different. Maybe that’s what Mark and Christian saw in us.”

He looks down again, and chuckles lightly to himself. He had not ever denied that he enjoyed everything that Jet City had done as a group. Everyone on Twitter has seen him brag about how it has been the best time he has ever shared with his brother.

”He chose to talk about this match from out there for only one reason that I can think of that makes any sense. The person that has always kind of steered his life is out there. For a long time he refused to have any happiness that she couldn’t have because he blamed himself. Now, he is determined to be happy enough for both of them. I’m here for the same reason.”

He steps out of the way, and nods to the plaque behind him that we can now see reads EQH. There was no full name, no dates, and no short phrase of who the person was. Those familiar with Jason’s history know pretty well who it is though.

”Kris had an epiphany about a year ago, and decided that he was going to stop running. If I am honest, I am jealous that it happened to him before it happened to me. Granted, he carried the weight about for two decades. For me it has only been a few years. I quit this business once before in order to go try and be normal. I got engaged, had a kid, but we all know that I don’t have either of the above anymore. We have heard the story dragged out on Twitter. We have seen it mentioned in countless promos by tasteless people desperate to win a title, but lacking any real talent to win one. I have heard my daughter’s name brought up so many times by people in attempt to dig at me, that I’m desensitized. She’s the reason that I am out touring with SCW past what I know I should be. That’s why you don’t see me settling down with someone and leading a quiet life. I tried all of the things that Kris is starting to build for himself, and I failed, so here I am.”

He brings his eyes back up to the lens of the camera, but his face fails to show any emotion at all, including the signature smirk that rarely ever leaves his face.

”I’m hiding from life under the guise of wanting to go out with a bang. It’s not without its perks though. I mean, this whole Jet City experience has been the most fun I have had professionally. I would throw away every world title I have ever held if it meant I could go back in time a few years and get this whole thing started back then. I am starting to fear that I have stayed past my welcome as an individual though, at least on a regular basis. The strange thing is, Kris and I have talked about this match. In fact, Christian, Mark, and I have talked about this match before. The day that we got booked in the tag team title match, I went to the two of them and told them that before I left, I wanted to have this match. Regardless of anything else that happened, I wanted to make this happen before I signed off forever. I would have preferred it to come at the very end, or at least after we dropped the titles, but now is as good a time as any.”

The smirk returns to his face, confidence starting to come back to him.

”Two things about this match have become painfully obvious to me. The first of them is the way to win. The second, the way to lose. Kris is the kind of guy that could never shake his tendency to fly over fight. If you put him in a situation where he has to stand toe to toe with you in the middle of the ring, he doesn’t know what to do. More than half of his game is focused on misdirection, and catching people sleeping. The stamina that I talked about early is what gets him out of trouble as quickly as it can land him in it. For my brother it is all about high risk and high reward. The way for me to win this match is to be the one that makes the next to last mistake. While Kris’ style of offense opens him up to making a lot of mistakes, my style is the opposite. The less I do that can be turned against me, the better off I am going to be. The more that I can prevent Kris from flying around the ring, the longer I’m going to be able to hold my own against him.”

He shrugs, trying to laugh it off but knowing that with his slower pace, he is going to end up being a sitting duck a handful of times in this match.

”The way to lose, is to try and treat this match like something that I can plan for. My brother is not like any opponent that I have faced. In fact, if you just look at it from a statistical point of view, he has beaten me more times than anyone else in the world. There are so many people that I have faced more than once, but none of them have fared as well as Kris has. Every time that I thought I had him figured out, he pulls something new out of his bag of tricks. No matter how many times we spar together, it never follows the same format. Our fights never stick to the same script. Kris has no style, because he has no training. The same impulsiveness that he displays in life, he displays in that ring. Being in a ring with him is about trying to walk a tightrope with really bad vertigo. You’re constantly off balance and just trying to keep your feet under you, because if you don’t, you’re done for.”

He laughs at the thought.

”I thought that by the time this match happened, I would be okay with either way that it went down. I was plotting this out to be the last match that I was ever a part of. Jet City being a success story has prevented that from becoming a reality. I am going to be around for a lot longer, because we aren’t letting go of those titles any time soon. If you doubt that, ask The Unholy Alliance or The Elder Bitches. The important thing is, I would have been okay losing if it was my last match. It would be a good way of turning over the spotlight to my brother and stepping out of the picture. I’m not stepping out though, so I’m not about to let him walk away a winner without giving it my best, hardest shot. I’m not ready to look him in the eye and have to admit that he is better than I am. I am not ready to be the brother that has to be in the other’s shadow yet. I have held onto this spotlight since he first fell into drugs. There’ll be a day that comes where he takes it from me, and that day is fast approaching, but it is not Sunday. Sunday is just going to be another in a long line of fights.”

He turns and looks back at the plaque on the wall again, touching the tips of his fingers to it before starting to step away.

”People have been waiting to buy a front row ticket to this fight for years, so I’m not about to let people down. Lots of people on Twitter have been adamant about the fact that because of the things Kris says and does, that they want me to maim him. There are others that want him to put me out of their misery. For all of those reasons, and tons I can’t even start to list, this is going to me the match that all of you want to tune in and see. If you do, you’re going to see two people venting more than twenty years of frustration, and refusing to let the other have any kind of bragging rights. In a normal match, a person will gloat until they move on with their life. When you fight family, you have to hear about the outcome until one of the two of you die. Neither of us want to lose, but more importantly neither of us wants the other to win. ”

He smiles widely, flashing his teeth in doing so, and starts to walk away from the camera. He turns, to face it while walking backwards.

”Do yourselves a favor, and don’t miss this regardless of which one of us you want to see walk away a winner. Rarely do you get a match that means so much to the two people in the ring without a championship on the line. If Christian and Mark were a little smarter, they would have put this thing on a pay per view, and pre-sold the movie rights. It’s what I would have done if I were them...”

He holds his arms out to his sides, and shrugs at their missed opportunity.

”I’ll see you all Saturday. None of you will be disappointed.”

He turns on his heel, headed out of the building, and the feed fades to black.

74
Climax Control Archives / Jet City Trio
« on: February 03, 2017, 09:15:12 PM »
 
The scene opens close up on Kristopher Halich’s face. We can see that his knees are pulled up to his chest, and he is leaning against something, but we cannot really tell what. From the glare in his eyes, and the natural light though, he is clearly sitting somewhere outdoors. From his attire, jeans and a plain red t-shirt show it must be somewhere warm.

“For as long as I can remember, there has always been one person there for me every time that things went wrong. At the point that everyone else leaves, there is always one person there to pick up the pieces. I know that it’s not just me that sees it that way either, because The Unholy Alliance hit on it pretty hard both times we faced them. Jason is always there to clean up my messes. He is always looking out for me. He sacrificed so many things in his life to make sure that I was taken care of, and it didn’t start after he started competing and blew up to be the person you all know today. He dropped out of school to get a job and pay for things so that I wouldn’t have to do the same thing. He took beatings for me so that I wouldn’t have to. He has paid for me to go to rehab so many times that I’ve honestly lost count. I could sit here and list all of the things that he has done for me, and all of the disasters he has helped me to avoid, but I don’t think it would hold your attention for the hours that it would take. Instead, I can sum it up in one statement. I would not be breathing right now if not for Jason Halich.”

It was a somewhat different side of Kris than SCW viewers have ever gotten to see. There is no confident taunting in his every statement.

“It is weird that we are going to be across the ring from one another, because in the four years that I have been doing this, it has never happened. We have gotten offers, and opportunities, but something always got in the way. There have been moments when we were at each other’s throats and a match like this would have gotten bloody, and violent, but we passed up doing it. There have been other moments where we have fought in hotel rooms, driveways, living rooms, and bars, but never in front of a crowd of more than a few strangers or a handful of friends. I have lost my fair share, and I have won my fair share. No two fights were perfectly alike. This is different though.”

The whole situation clearly bother him more than he was willing to let on. The camera starts to back off of him, showing the stone texture of whatever he is leaning against.

“We didn’t join SCW to go head-to-head. We joined this company in order to build one another up, not tear each other down. Anyone that knows us knows that we have issues. More than being brothers, there is an aspect of a father-son relationship here that we never really shed any light on. We didn’t have great parents. To tell you the truth, we didn’t even have good parents. One of them was a miserable son of a bitch that never contributed any positive experiences to our lives. The other was more or less an absentee from my first memory in this world. The only person I ever had to look up to, to take care of me, that ever gave a shit about me, is my brother. Our struggles that a lot of people see as a sibling rivalry are actually more the kind of arguments that a parent has with a rebelling teenager. It is because he was more of parent than a brother that the two of us have never been, and will probably never be, friends. Everyone has an experience where their parents had an idea for how they should live their life, and because of that, there is friction.”

On his last word, he brings his knuckles together, dragging them across each other. He shakes his head, looking away from the camera, his eyes narrowing on something. There is a light chuckle that escapes his mouth and he loses his train of thought. With a second shake of his head he comes back to the camera, sighing.

“When people talk negatively about me, the biggest thing that they hit on is my history of drug abuse. I have fans come up to me, and they always ask the same thing: Why is it that none of it seems to bother you? See, I out my drug history as a way to control the narrative against me. I put it out there for everyone to grab onto it and use against me, because if that is what they choose to blast me about, I can take it. There are so many other things that I don’t want out there, because putting them out there means that it can be used against me. There are some things that I just didn’t think that I could handle being turned into a punchline. In this business, divorces, abortions, dead children, heinous violent acts, and so many more things can be turned into cheap jokes made to get into a person’s head all to win a match. In that kind of world, I would rather people just talk about the fact that I got into drugs at a young age, and for the life of me I have never been able to stay off of them for more than a year at a time without a setback. I can handle that because those choices are mine, and that means the consequences are on me alone.”

He puts a hand on the ground, and pushes himself forward, brushing off his pants as he gets to his feet. The camera stays focused enough on him to not show his surroundings. However, as he stands, we now see the daylight sky in the background behind him.

“One of those things that I don’t talk about is the fact that there aren’t two members of Jet City, but three. Before Jason and I signed a contract, we had to go and ask permission to do so. We made promises to someone. His was that he wouldn’t let me be a danger to myself anymore. Typically that meant that I wasn’t going to be allowed to be on the road. My history with not being supervised is sketchy, at best, for reasons we have already covered. It made sense that he would make that promise. Mine was a little different. I made the promise that I wasn’t going to stay in this business at the expense of the only relationship that has survived all of my various fuck ups. I wasn’t going to keep doing this if it meant pushing my brother away.”

The camera finally backs off of him far enough to show that where he is standing is a cemetery.

“So, before we showed up at the SCW Halloween show dressed as siamese twins, we came here. Where is here exactly? This is the place that it all leads back to. This is where Jet City was born. This is the place that the third member of our team never gets to leave.”

There are headstones surrounding where he now stands, but the fans cannot catch any of the text on them before the camera focuses on the one he was leaning on.

Lindsay Marie Halich
July 11, 1991 - September 25, 1993


The camera comes back up to Kris, who is looking down at the ground instead of at the camera. His hands were buried in his pocket and the anxiety of the topic had him shifting lightly back and forth on his feet.

“My sister was only two years old when she fell, broke her neck, and never got a chance to do anything that she deserved to be able to do in her life. As far as parents went, I already told you the kind of people that they were. One bolted, and I wish she took the other with her when she did. Neither could accept responsibility that two kids, that weren’t even old enough to take care of themselves, should have never been left on their own to watch over a toddler. That blame got passed onto us, and I have carried it around without saying anything about it publicly for my entire career. That blame broke me in ways that are very public. It didn’t break Jason though. If anything, fighting back against it made him stronger. It made him a better parent than either of the ones that we actually had. It made him protective of the one person that he had left that meant anything at all to him. It meant that no matter how badly, or how many times I fucked up, he wasn’t ever going to give up on me because he learned how much it hurt to lose a sibling at the bright young age of seven years old.”

He manages to look back up at the camera, but only because the questions, and accusations that he had been met with for weeks should have been answered in that one story.

“If any of you have ever wondered how two people that grew up in the same house could be so different, then maybe that helps explain it. If any of you, like the Unholy Alliance, have wondered how many more times I have to fuck up before he writes me off, now you know. What I have come to accept in the last few weeks is that there is no limit. There’s no threshold that I can push it to where he leaves. I cannot be written off in his mind. I have spent more than two decades trying to push him away, because I didn’t want anyone to get close enough to me so that it was painful when they left. I have tried to shove him out of my life dozens of times because I didn’t want him to miss me when I was gone, or waste one second worrying about my well being if I disappeared. I have tried everything that I could to avoid being a good person, friend, brother, or even son. None of it has worked. I’m stuck with him.”

He laughs, amused, but cleared not thrilled with the idea.

“So, those of you that were thinking that a match like this is going to be the end of Jet City, now know just how wrong you are. The fact remains that nothing can end Jet City. There’s never going to be a time that either of us gives up on the other, even if it means that we have to stand across the ring from one another and beat the other into submission. At the end of the day, this is not our first fight, and it is far from out last. The only difference between this one and any of the rest of them, is that you all get to sit back and enjoy this one with refreshments you bought from Samantha Marlowe at the concession stand.”

Again, he has to stop as he is unable to prevent himself from laughing lightly. He points at the camera, and winks, hoping on some level that she was watching. This voice was returning to the more jovial, sarcastic tone the fans were used to.

“Just because it’s not going to signal the end of Jet City, doesn’t mean that this match doesn’t serve a purpose. Any of you that paid attention to Jason pretending to be a Nobody a couple weeks ago knows that there is something very real on the line here. Being part of this business and wrestling around the world was my baby. He nurtured it while I wasn’t in a position to do so, and kept it breathing until I was able to get myself right enough to do so. However, in doing so, he found something that he loves doing, and that he was good at. Jason has been inducted into a Hall Of Fame. He has won awards. He has won championships that I have only ever dreamed of holding. On paper, this match isn’t even close. On one hand you have a highly documented superstar from several different companies. On the other hand, you have a junkie that has been moderately successful in exactly one of the five companies that have paid him to wrestle.”

He holds up his arms to his sides, shrugging in a very animated fashion and shaking his head.

“It’s not even close if you look at the stat line. At the same time, I see people on social media saying that they don’t know who to support, let alone who they think will actually walk away the winner. To me, that shows that all of you understand that what this match looks like on paper is going to be very different from the reality of it. My brother and I have two very different styles. He is calculated, and technical. He likes to break people down in order to beat them, and really only uses his speed as a last resort. He has training that I never got. Then you have me, who is more of a human wrecking ball where speed is the best thing that I have going for me. It is the first option, all the way through to the last option. If I am going to win, then I am going to have to stay on my feet and hope that my stamina lasts longer than his does.”

Finally getting into being focused on the match itself, he seems to hit his stride. The words flow much more fluidly, and naturally. The level of comfortability in his body language grew exponentially as it becomes more business related.

“I can’t tell any of you that I am confident that I am going to win this match. I honestly have no idea how it is going to play out. It is better that way, because like I said, we have fought more times than either of us can count and it has been a different story every single time. You can’t plan to fight someone that you have known since the moment that you were born. You can’t strategize to beat someone that knows every single thing that you have in your arsenal. The only thing that you can do is show up, throw everything, including the kitchen sink at him, and hope that when the dust settles that you are the one having your hand raised.”

He starts to walk up to the camera, again closing the frame almost solely around him. He crosses his arms in front of his chest.

“As far as any message that I have for my brother, there’s really only one thing to say. The two of us have made careers out of using anything and everything available to us to win a match. There has never been a rule that we would not bend or break in order to gain an advantage that could end with a win. That’s not going to be the case for me this week, and I hope that it is not the case for you. I am going to make certain that everything that I do is squeaky clean, because the only way that I want to beat you in front of a crowd like the one we will have Sunday is because I was just better. I don’t want to be more lucky. I don’t want to be the one that got away with the last trick. I don’t want to be the one walking away and talking about a cheap win. I want to beat you the right way, because I want you to really know that my time in your shadow is truly over. I want to beat you because I am better than you, even if only for one night in my life. That’s what I am bringing to Climax Control. Win or lose, we only do this one time. After Sunday night we will know which of us really belongs in the spotlight. Then we go back to beating up other people on the roster.”

He offers a smile to the camera, the first since the feed first started, and walks out of the frame. The camera again falls down to the granite headstone he was leaning against before fading to black.

75
Supercard Archives / Jet City Vs The Unholy Alliance
« on: January 20, 2017, 11:57:38 PM »
 
OFF-CAMERA
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
PROMISES
3:17 PM PST 1.20.17


Jason is sitting at a small circular table. It was not unlike those found inside fast food restaurants. If he were eating, it would have been much too small of a space to share with the person he came to see. However, he was not eating, and this was not a restaurant. Most of the grounds at Promises were pretty lavish. That is why Jason chose to come to this particular area. Just out of the back door of the main facility is a small smoking balcony, but the thin strip of walkway could not accommodate the couches and comfy looking chairs seen almost everywhere else. He chose this spot so that his brother could not sit back and relax for this conversation. He was going to have to sit close to him, and engage in the conversation whether he wanted to or not. If Jason knew anything about his brother, it was that it was almost undoubtedly going to be the latter instead of the former. He starts to tap his fingers on the table, finding a beat that he was satisfied with only moments before the doors to the facility open behind him and his brother comes out onto the balcony. Kris pulls a pack of cigarettes out of his pocket and thumbs open the flip-top of the box before taking one out. He rolls it between his fingers as he makes his way around the table. He does not immediately stop, walking to the next table to grab an ashtray. Kris tosses it to the table, and carefully sits down in front of his brother. For a few moments he continues to roll the cigarette in his fingers, waiting for Jason to look up. When he does, Kris offers him a smile, and then reaches into his front pocket for a small torch style lighter, bringing the cigarette to his mouth and inhaling while lighting the end.

JASON: Old habits, right?

Kris shrugs. He knew that this part of the conversation was coming. They had it every single time. It was even part of the reason that he had waited for his brother to acknowledge him before lighting it.

KRIS: I have never successfully made it through the program without them, and it’s not the kind of habit I take with me when I leave. The only person that doesn’t seem to grasp that is you, even though we have had this conversation too many times to count.

Jason does not stray from meeting his gaze, but shakes his head lightly.

JASON: Yeah, it’s hard to quit cold turkey, right? Going from a substance that will undoubtedly kill you, to nothing at all is a little easier if you sandwich in something that will just maybe kill you.

Kris nods, taking another drag and then flicking the ashes into the tray.

KRIS: Yet we still have to talk about it every single time.

Almost mimicking his brother perfectly, Jason nods, but rolls his eyes afterwards.

JASON: It is because you insist on pretending like you’re some kind of victim every time you are in here. You’re not. You put yourself in these positions. It’s nobody else’s doing. And then we are supposed to unabashedly praise you for being able to leave that crutch in rehab when you leave. You shouldn’t need a crutch, because you shouldn’t be here. I’m not going to pity or applaud anything you do here. You are a grown ass man that should have left this shit behind by now.

There is no response of defense that Kris can muster. They have had this talk yes, but it was never this spiteful. Jason had never been this angry, not even the second time. The volumes that speaks is enough to terrify Kris. After more than a dozen times, Jason should have softened. The second time should have always been the worst. The first time is a mistake, or error in judgement. The second time is a true betrayal of the people that helped him in the first place. He raises his cigarette to his lips, takes a deep breath, and slowly lowers it, exhaling through both his nose and his mouth. This time when he reaches for the ashtray, it is not to flick ashes, but to put it out, not even a third of the way through its burning.

KRIS: So why are you here, huh? Violet told me she talked to you, but you weren’t on board yet. I signed your papers. I haven’t left this god awful place in two weeks. Although, I am impressed that I got them to surrender my phone for a few hours a night.

Jason chuckles, and shrugs.

JASON: It helps keep up the appearance that you’re not in a rehab center. If you were, people would expect total radio silence. This way you get a little taste of the outside world, and I don’t have to answer questions I am way too tired to keep answering. Everyone wins.

Keeping up appearances was one thing, but actually allowing Kris to go back on the road was another. Kris knew that everything his brother and his family had done in the last two weeks was nothing more than a stall. Just because Jason ended up covering with SCW did not mean that Jet City was going to keep going. Even if he made promises to the crowd, it did not mean he had any intention of keeping them. At his core, he never cared about them.

KRIS: So what did you decide then? I can probably guess. I mean, based on the shitty look on your face, the fact that you’re not restraining your love of being a total dick, and the fact that this is the very last possible second to make a decision, it is not looking very good from where I sit. Why don’t you just spit it out and stop wasting your time dragging it out.

There was nothing in there that Jason could argue. He had actually waited to make a decision about the future of Jet City until after Kris sat down. Even better, Kris was completely right: his current demeanor was a complete result of the decision he made. That did not mean that Kris was not wrong at the same time. Jason reaches into the front pocket of his jacket and pulls out an envelope. He slides it across the table and nods to his brother that it is okay to open it. Kris makes short work of the paper, pulling free a single plane ticket.

JASON: I can’t stop you from leaving here and coming to Las Vegas. If I was going to walk away from you, I would have done it by now. I know that every time you do this, you expect that I am going to just stop showing up. That’s not going to happen. There is no changing the fact that you are my brother. There is however, changing the fact that you are my tag team partner.

Kris puts the ticket on the table, but shakes his head. The small glimmer of hope that Kris had in his eye when he opened the envelope is gone, and replaced with complete confusion.

KRIS: I don’t get it. Why would I want to fly out there if you were done? You going to replace me? You going to get Parker to show up with you or something?

The last bit comes out with a little more disgust than Kris wanted. It was only in moments like these that Jason ever got to see that touch of jealousy rise to the surface.

JASON: That is your ticket, but whether you go there to compete, or ask for your release is up to you, because I have a handful of conditions on being your tag team partner for longer than this conversation lasts.

The confusion shifts quickly to annoyance. Jason watches his brother’s lips tighten, and he grinds his teeth together. The rise in his blood pressure flushes his cheeks, but he tries hard to swallow the anger and keep it under control. His tone does not come out as smooth as he hoped it would, and more of a sarcastic whisper than anything else.

KRIS: More conditions… there’s always something.

Jason smacks the table hard, and it jolts Kris in his seat. He straightens up, and the look on his face is wiped away in an instant. At this point in his life, Kris was only truly afraid of one person, and it was his brother in this state of mind.

JASON: Yes. There is always something. There is always something because no matter what anyone does, you always end up back in this fucking place. So every time we pile on more and more conditions. We take away more and more of your leash, and hope that we can keep an eye on you. Yet, every time you fuck it all up.

Kris averts his eyes, looking at the view off of the balcony. He never knew exactly what being in this place cost his brother, but over the years it had to be more than anyone would say Kris’ life was worth. He had the opportunities to find out, or to look it up thousands of times, but never did. He was afraid to put a numerical value on his burden to his family. The cost of the rehab would have just been a good starting point anyways, and was probably still a big enough number to make him nauseous.

KRIS: I’ll do it. I don’t even care what it is.

It was that same tone of defeat that Jason heard in Canada when he found him the morning after his binge. Kris was not going to give his brother the pleasure of admitting he was wrong, at least not in this moment. He was not going to make himself more vulnerable to attack than he already was. His statement was a declaration that he was still dedicated to Jet City, and really nothing more than that.

JASON: Two groups. Outpatient. Everyday that we don’t have a show until I say you can stop.

Kris thinks it over for a moment, doing the math in his head for how long he thought his brother would hold to it. It doesn’t look good for his immediate future, but he nods silently.

JASON: We leave, compete, and come back all on the same day, on the same flight.

This one is a little more difficult to stomach. At least during the week, and between groups, he would be able to be on his own time. Even though Jason was stopping short of saying it, what he was demanding now was that Kris never leave his line of sight while they were traveling. It meant sharing a hotel room, eating every meal together, and probably an allotted amount of time he could spend hiding in a bathroom. It was the loss of his freedom. It takes longer than the first time, but slowly he nods again.

JASON: You sell the apartment, sign over all your duties at the clinic to Dr. Watkins, and you and Heather move to Seattle permanently. All of your groups have already been scouted and picked by me. You follow the schedule, we get to keep doing this.

Kris’ jaw falls open, and he tries to push out any thought or phrase that would show not only his disagreement, but the degree to which his brain was telling him to do so. He begged himself to spit out objections laced with curses, but no words came. After a few moments he fights his mouth to close, and grinds his teeth all the way through a third nod.

KRIS: Is that it?

Jason’s face softens a little, which makes the younger half of Jet City nervous. Every second of the conversation had been a challenge so far, but now Kris’ older brother appeared to feel bad about whatever it is that he was going to say.

JASON: There’s one more thing and you’re not gonna like it.

His brother had softened, so the sarcastic nature of Kris’ personality is given a little breathing room.

KRIS: Well that’s a healthy change from everything else...

Jason does not give his brother the satisfaction of a laugh, chuckle, or smile. Not even the smirk that made him famous creeps onto his face.

JASON: Win or lose, at the next Climax Control, your opponent is going to be me. If we keep the titles, then you can chalk it up to catching the beating that you deserve for putting everyone through this. If we lose, then consider it me picking my opponent for my final match.

For the first time in the conversation, despite the numerous jabs, Kris is offended. His chest tightens, and he winces like he is in physical pain at the thought.

KRIS: You would really leave if we lose this? That would be it?

The tone of his voice made both questions come out in an undeniably genuine nature. It was a clearly giveaway that Jason’s leaving would impact Kris in a real way. That was the whole point of the gambit. It was the same as the paper that Violet made him sign. Jason was forcing Kris to either step up, or lose everything.

JASON: From where I am sitting, if we lose, there’s nothing worth sticking around for. I showed up to be your partner. Look around… clearly you don’t know what all that entails. This doesn’t work for me. You want out, and you’re going to get out regardless of what I want. In all honesty, you are going to keep touring and falling into the same loop regardless of what I do. What I am telling you, is that if you cannot pull yourself together long enough for Jet City to prove that they are not one hit wonders, then I’m walking away before you drag my name, and my legacy, down to your level. Being a sloppy addict’s tag partner is not how I want to be remembered. If you can’t win this match, then that’s all I am. If that’s all I am, then I want my last match to be breaking that image.

Kris drops his eyes to the table, and is again at a loss for words. However, this time there is no nod to go with his lack of communication. At the same time, he does not shake his head to disagree either. Jason can see him struggling with it, but does not want to push him towards a decision. Instead of waiting, he stands up from the table, and straightens his jacket.

JASON: You don’t have to decide right now, but we do have a timetable here. People are asking where you are, and they need to see Jet City back on the same page by the end of the day. I didn’t come alone today. Heather followed me over in your car. I told her she wasn’t allowed to listen in on this conversation, but that I was going to be in here for a few minutes, and then I would be leaving. From the moment I leave, she is waiting twenty minutes for your answer. You can pack up your things and move forward, or you can stay here and sulk. I’m not going to hold your hand while you figure it out though.

Jason waits for a moment, and Kris finally looks up at him. The younger of the two brother’s nods, not agreeing to the terms Jason laid out, but to the timetable that he was given to make a decision. Without lingering longer than needed, Jason turns and pulls open the door to the facility, leaving Kris alone to process it all on his own.




======================================================

ON-CAMERA
LAS VEGAS, CALIFORNIA
SCW AREANA
9:17 PM PST 1.20.17

The scene opens on the SCW ring. It is a view from the hard camera that viewers at home will become familiar with on Sunday night. Standing in the center of the ring, already dressed for battle and strapped around the waist with the SCW Tag Team Championships. Of course, as seen last time Jet City blessed SCW with their presence, the title belts are inverted, making them impossible to be read by the crowd. However, if either brother were to tilt the championship up, while looking down at it, it appears right-side up. They both have smiles on their faces, and fans have seen this type of setup before. Where they stand, they are almost shoulder to shoulder, with no space in between. However, those that remember their match against The Elders, there is a very large, flat screen monitor just behind them, cut off from view.

JASON: The Unholy Alliance should renamed themselves the Wholly Disappointments. We have laid off, played nice, kicked back, and let them say whatever it is that they have wanted to say.

Jason’s very subtle pause is all that it takes for Kris to pick right up where he leaves off to drive home the point that his brother was trying to make
.[/color]

KRIS: We learned a lesson the first time around. We just talked and talked all week long and it was was all a waste of time and energy. Neither of them really engaged. Neither would take place in shenanigans. For a little while, it didn’t make any sense at all. You have these two guys, that have lost to another tag team that have not gotten the opportunity to challenge us, gotten a match against us that the didn’t win, and don’t have the best track records when gold is on the line as of late.

They both shake their heads as Kris finishes, and make shaming ‘tsk’ sounds. It is all obvious sarcasm, but punchlines do not land without solid build up. Right now these two were just putting in the leg work.


JASON: We wasted a lot of really good material to the tune of crickets. Nothing riled these guys, but we didn’t have to wait long to find out why….

The two separate, and reveal the screen behind them. At first, all it displays is the Jet City logo. However, as they both turn to it, it comes to life with a clip from three weeks ago. On the screen, the Jet City theme plays loudly as both Jason and Kris come out to the ring for their match. Kris slides into the ring while Jason climbs the stairs, and steps through the ropes only for both of them to be attacked by The Unholy Alliance. The video continues to play through the first few shots that the challengers to the tag team champions throw, all the way to both challengers throwing the champions outside of the ring. Without pausing the film, Kris chimes in.

KRIS: And if you would be so kind as to listen…..

Just as Kris finishes, through the video the viewers can hear the bell chime three times to signal the start of the match perfectly on cue. It is only at that point that the video is paused. In doing so, the champions leave a less-than-flattering frame of James Tuscini frozen on the screen.

KRIS: I can’t believe my eyes, Jason. I am appalled. I feel cheated. I feel used. I feel downright taken advantage of.

Jason looks at Kris, not buying what he is selling, and shakes his head.

JASON: And by all that you mean you wish we would have come out to the ring first so that we could have done it to them because it was a genius plan?

Kris hangs his head and mock defeat, raising his hands up to shield his face while feigning the sound of sobbing. In jest, he refuses to verbally agree or disagree, merely nodding his head. Jason steps over and places a hand on his brother’s shoulder before offering him some reassuring words.

JASON: It’s okay Kris. We can’t be on top of everything all the time. Would it make you feel better if it only took them two weeks to prove that they are actually fucking idiots?

Kris drops his hands from his face, and snaps his head up fast enough to give himself whiplash. Miraculously, his mood improves, and expression changes. Kris looks hopeful, for some kind of saving grace.

KRIS: Did we at least get that part on tape too?

Jason’s positive and comforting demeanor does not change, but he takes his hand off of Kris’ shoulder and motions back towards the screen. As he does, the still shot of James disappears and after a few moments it comes to life with something the fans saw just a week ago.

JASON: Better yet, we didn’t have to. They did it all for us.

KRIS: How nice of them…

The video starts from the middle of James Tuscini’s promo from the previous week. However, before he actually speaks, Jason pauses the video again. James is in the middle of starting to talk where the video gets pauses, leading to another mouth-open, borderline mentally deficient freeze frame of the man. The older brother of Jet City turns to the camera to give a slight disclaimer.

JASON: Kids, when you make false claims, don’t leave a paper trail. Don’t document it or record it for posterity, because if you do, Jet City will find it, and Jet City will use you, to make you look stupid.

Kris dips over in front of Jason in the frame to move his finger the the same motion as the NBC stars that appear at the end of their public service announcements.

KRIS: The more you know!

Jason presses play again, but only for a moment. It is a single line from James that he wants to pick out for the fans to hear, given all that has been said so far.

JAMES: To start off with lowlights the main one is Jet City, Kris and Jason Halc, making the false claim that Unholy Alliance attacked them before the match, then we deliberately took the match action outside the ring to deliberately obtain a count-out draw…

They stop the video again, and this time it cuts back to the Jet City logo entirely. The camera pulls back from the monitor to show both members of Jet City in the frame again. In true Home Alone fashion, they both have their hands clasped to their cheeks, with their mouths hung wide open in silent screams. Their eyes are wide with fake shock and surprise. Jason is the first to break from it though, turning to Kris with an explanation.

JASON: Maybe he just forgot what happened Kris. I mean maybe it was a mistake. Things happen like that all the time. It had been two weeks at the time….

The only response that Jason gets is just a disappointed and judgemental shake of Kris’ head. He is actually able to summon a genuine looking frown to his face.

JASON: Not buying it?

The question snaps Kris out of it, and the smile returns to his face, launching into a full on attack on their opponents.

KRIS: I don’t think so Jay, and here is why: That promo was littered with shit that didn’t make sense, and false claims with no basis in reality. I mean, we just showed the fine people of the SCW fanbase exactly how our match with the Unholy Alliance started. They attacked us, clearly before the bell, and then threw us outside the ring. If we would have played more, we would have seen them tossing us into the crowd and doing anything that they could to keep us away from that ring. It may have made me a little jealous that I didn’t think to jump them before they jumped us, but there is a singular reason why they would do something like that. We have laid it out before, but now since the proof is in the proverbial pudding, you would care to refresh the fans on exactly why this match is happening.

Turning back to face the camera, displaying a true ability to work together and not talk step on each other’s toes, the second that Kris finishes, Jason picks up the slack. It works to Jet City’s advantage though, because flying solo, most people will pause to gather their thoughts. Jet City switching off so fluidly creates one unbroken narrative.

JASON: The Unholy Alliance came down to that ring with one thing in mind, and that was getting the match that they got handed to them at Inception II. As much as they might want to talk about the fact that we didn’t deserve the title shot that we got, they did almost as little to get theirs. In the very simplest of terms, The Unholy Alliance knew they couldn’t beat us. They knew that after a loss to The Monstimals, a loss to us would have put them at the back of the line, and they were taking that chance without the titles even being up for grabs. Their only chance to challenge us was to invalidate that match, and then make a stink backstage until management noticed and came up with the plan to make money off of the heat. Now, we at Jet City may not be opposed to breaking the rules, but at least we have the balls to be able to admit that.

Jason stops abruptly to put emphasis on his last statement, but Kris does not let it sit without piling on.

KRIS: Every word that the two of you spewed out to the public a week ago had one thing in common: it was all part of some kind of fucking fantasy that you two live in. You very clearly misrepresented the happenings of our match, so it kind of makes everything that you say after that invalid. You can’t blatantly lie against video evidence, and then expect us to put any stock into your claims, can you? Is that how you think that this works? How can we take seriously that you are going to take our titles, embarrass us, or prove that we were fluke champions that arose out of a situation where there were no other viable challengers? That is the problem with building your argument on a lie, the foundation of it crumbles under the slightest scrutiny.

Jason again places his hand on Kris’ shoulder, which stops him from talking even though everyone watching can clearly tell that he has more to say. He bites his tongue though, and Jason steps up from the center of the ring, moving closer to the ropes and therefore the camera.

JASON: We at Jet City, would have applauded you for what you did. In fact, we did so, publicly, the same night that you two were gifted this matchup. You saw a situation that was a total loss, and setback for your team if you went at it straight-up, so you improvised to get what you wanted. Then you have to go and ruin it all by refusing to take responsibility for it. Overnight you made yourselves formidable people, worth playing our games with, and then the very next day you were right back to being the disappointment we thought you were at the beginning of Climax Control 168. We thought, momentarily, that despite the loss to The Monstimals, that maybe we would at least get an intellectual battle heading into Inception II.

Kris comes up to stand next to his brother and rests his forearms on the top rope, leaning over it.

KRIS: Instead we got our hopes up only to realize that neither of you are anything special. You had a plan, but your follow-through was garbage. You had us on the ropes at first, only to go silent and lose the advantage. You wouldn’t have gone the route that you did in that match if you thought that you could legitimately beat us, and you were even too afraid to own up to that very clear fact. What hope do you have of beating us with no count outs and no disqualifications? You gained an advantage last time by bending the rules before we could. You got this match by forcing a count-out situation. Newflash, this time there are no rules. This time you can’t push a count-out to get another chance down the road. This time, before you come down to the ring, one of you better make a phone call to one of the many fine hospitals in the Las Vegas area.

Jason looks over to Kris, faking total confusion, even though everyone already knew what was coming.

JASON: Why would they need to call a hospital?

Kris shrugs, completely taken off guard by Jason’s inquiry.

KRIS: …. Because that is where they keep the ambulances…

Jason, still playing dumb, shrugs his shoulders and shakes his head, still not putting two and two together.

JASON: Why do they need an ambulance?

A smile crosses Kris’ face that goes from almost ear to ear. He mimics his brother and claps a hand onto his shoulder. The tone of his voice is joyous, and almost singsong.

KRIS: ….because without a shadow of a doubt, there’s gonna be an ACCIDENT!

The two turn back to the camera, and share an eerily identical shrug.

KRIS: Jet.

JASON: City.

BOTH: OUT!

With that the video cuts off to the Jet City logo, and then to black.

76
Supercard Archives / Jet City Vs The Unholy Alliance
« on: January 10, 2017, 05:54:15 PM »
 
Off-Camera
9 January 2017 2:06 PM
And I think it’s gonna be a long, long time...
‘Til touchdown brings back ‘round again to find...
I’m not the man they think I am at home...
Oh no, no, no…


”He may as well have tweeted out the lyrics to A Song To Say Goodbye like he did last time. It was every bit the same warning sign. Almost immediately, the whole picture snapped together. He wasn’t himself when he said that we were not needed at Climax Control. He went all the way to Canada to see a show from a company he could not possibly sign a contract with. He took someone dying to get back into the ring as a chaperone, so he could slip away instead of sitting in on the negotiations. It was not random in any way, shape or form, and I should have seen it coming. Come to think of it, I did see it coming. As guilty as he was, I have been lying to his face, to everyone on Twitter, for months. I cannot help but think if maybe I had gone a different route, I would not be sitting here.”

Light shines through the crack between the curtains. On the bed, sprawled out under the strewn around covers is the younger brother of Jet City. The scene inside the room is not like anything seen the day after some rockstar plays a big show in any movie, albeit without the naked girls passed out in uncomfortable, yet revealing positions. That much was actually a relief for Jason. Across the trashed room, sitting on top of a dresser filled with debris, is the older half of the SCW Tag Team Champions. He had been there for hours. He could have woken Kris up for a conversation that he would not have remembered. He could have dragged him off of the bed and into the shower like he had done so many times before. Kris could have been on a plane back to Los Angeles, back to Promises, again. The real reason that he not done so already, was because the older brother was contemplating being completely done with this process, and maybe a little guilty over it. Any moment though, Kris was going to wake up. It would be slow at first. Probably tossing back and forth for a few minutes as the sickness started to kick in and the effects started to wear off. The need will snap his eyes open. At that point, what he did last night will run through his head, and the guilt will set in. The panic of what would happen if everyone found out will take hold. Almost as quickly as that hits though, it will be gone, because the need will overcome him. It will motivate him to sit up, survey the damage of the room, and then decide he was too deep into it now. He would throw on the nearest clothes and be out the door looking for more. Under any other circumstance, this process would last a few days in complete silence. In the past there was nobody at home that would worry. There was no wife. There were no kids. Things were different, and that is the thought that would strike him as soon as he sat up in that bed.

Almost as if on cue, Kris rolls over in the bed, and both of his hands raise to his head. He brushes the matted hair away from his eyes, and scrubs at them like they are on fire and his fingers are water. His left hand falls from his face though, reaching down and tracing along the inside of his arm.

DENIAL.

Kris’ left hand falls from his face though, reaching down and tracing along the inside of his arm. His fingers find what he already knows to be there, and the reaction is not pleasant. He raises his foot up into the air, and then drops it down hard on the bed.

ANGER.

It was a childlike temper tantrum that he would be extremely embarrassed that anyone saw, under any other circumstance. Jason pulls his eyes from the crack in the curtain, and focuses on his brother, even though it was painful to do so. He wishes for a moment that they could trade eyes. From the way that Kris was raking at his own, they were exceptionally dry. Jason’s were glassy. Not to the point of producing tears, but slowly closing in on that threshold. Kris lowers his hands from his face, and smacks both hands down at his side, grabbing a handful of the bed sheets and squeezing with all of his strength. The disappointment in himself oozed out of him and all the way across the room to his older brother. However, moments passed, and the white-knuckled grip he has on the bed sheets fades away. He snaps up, and his eyes dart back and forth across the room. At first they skip over the man sitting in front of him in the shadows. They are looking for anything leftover from last night. It is only after they do not find what they are looking for that they freeze, wide, and panicked. For more than a few seconds, he forgets to breathe. Kris opens and closes his mouth several times, before his eyes start to fill, the dryness suddenly washed away. He raises his hands to cover his face, and shakes his head back and forth. If history taught him anything, he knew what was coming.

BARGAINING.

Kris: No, no, no, no, no, no, no…. No. Please don’t make me go back. I don’t want to go back again. I can’t go back again…. Please don’t make me.

He brushes at his eyes and and lowers his fingers to be beneath them, still covering his cheeks. Jason says nothing. The cold stare frozen on him. He does not blink. He does not let his face show the pain, or pity. He was going to allow his younger brother to go through the whole process on his own. When Jason did not threaten rehab, his mind would move on to the next thing, and the next. The punishment for his slip was not going to be anything that Jason said in this moment. It was going to be his own internal torment, that he undoubtedly had earned. When it snaps together that Jason was not going to fight him, his mind wanders, and the fear in his eyes turns to terror across the entirety of his face.

Kris: Heather….

It came out as a whispered statement, but Jason knew that it was more of a question. Had he told his wife? Even if he had not told her, did she know? Was she the reason that Jason was sitting in the room in front of him? Her name brings up other feelings though. The fact that she was pregnant with their daughter. The fact that Liz would almost assuredly pull his custody of their son. The entire life he had built, and all of the relationships he repaired would be in shambles. If the person in front of him pulled the plug, he would also be done professionally. Though that was the very least significant of all of the problems he runs through. He searches Jason for an answer, that is simply not there, no matter how badly he wants it to be. Kris gives up, and hunches forward, lowering his head.

DEPRESSION.

Kris: We’re done aren’t we. That’s why you’re here. It’s all over. Jet City. Heather. KJ. My life. Everything.

Jason does not look away, and waits for the bout of self-pity to be over. It was a guilt trip that Kris was reaching for. A subconscious plea for Jason to forget what he saw, even as he was seeing it, without daring to say those words. Jason licks his lips, and then presses them hard together. He moderates his breath, so not to catch Kris’ attention with the sound of it, and then exhales through his nose. He waits, silently until his brother’s head raises. This time his eyes do not dart around the room. There is no desperate plea. This time he is actually waiting for a response, because nothing that Jason can say can hurt more than what is kicking around in his head. At this point, a lecture is a relief. Anyone that has been an addict knows that relief is the only thing that they search for in the morning. He does not get the lecture he longs for, the one that makes him know his brother still cares enough to raise his voice. Instead what he gets is a single, emotionless word.

Jason: Why?

He had heard and studied every excuse Kris had made in the long eleven years that they had done this dance. He knew the inflection in his voice when he was lying. He knew how to see through the circle talk. He knew when the questions he asked were not answered with the full truth. There was no escape. It was meant to be prolonged agony via self-exploration.

Kris: It just kind of ha--

Jason holds up his hand, and shakes his head. The words immediately stop without another syllable.

Jason: Try again.

Kris looks down, his right hand curling into a fist. He brings his left hand up to his forehead, scratching at it before looking back up.

Kris: It’s not as easy as I thought it would be. I --

Again, Jason holds up a hand and shakes his head. He was not going to buy anything short of the exact thought that was running through his mind the moment that he broke down and threw away fifteen months of hard work.

Jason: I don’t have all day.

He pulls his cell phone out of his pocket, and turns on the screen without looking down at it. His thumb hovers above the screen. Kris’ eyes dart down to it, the panic even more real. Any number that he dialed was going to be bad. However, there was a definite hierarchy of bad to unbearable. He opens his mouth a few times, shaking his head and trying to force the right answer.

Kris: I’m useless without it.

Kris’ eyes do not stray from the phone, and relief washes over his face when Jason clicks it off. He drops it on the dresser, and holds out his hand, rolling his index finger horizontally. It was a good start, but there was more that Kris was not saying, and now was the time to get it all out in the open.

Kris: Heather…. KJ…. The baby that’s not here yet…. Violet…. You… Jet City… SCW… KCW…. I can’t do it. I can’t be that person. One day, people are going to realize that I’m not the lie that I am selling. I am going to lose them all one at a time. I can see it on your face that you think the same thing. SCW shouldn’t even be on that list… they’ve already given up on me.

Jason laces his fingers together and rests them on his lap, leaning back against the wall behind the dresser. His eyebrows raise, but his eyes narrow. Most everything in the confession was to be expected. Jason was on board with all of it except the last bit. It was the part of the story that Kris did not know, so he was curious to see what his drug induced mind had filled in that blank with.

Jason: Why do you think they have given up on you?

There was a softness in his tone, and curiosity on his face that Kris picked up on immediately. At the moment, he would welcome any change to the stoney, colorless monotone he had gotten since regaining consciousness. This would typically be the time that Kris would devolve into bullshit. However, his current company was much smarter than he was, which made doing so pointless. Instead, he deflates a little further, and pushes himself away to lean against the headboard of the bed.

Kris: They only took me back because you were part of the package. They clearly don’t trust me if the refuse to even sanction us being on the show for a reason. All they let us do is fuck around backstage. When they do put us out there, we’re the punchline of the announce team. They don’t want us around, and they only let it happened because people know your name.

Jason nods and swallows hard. He turns his head, looking back at the crack in the curtains. On so many occasions, he had simply ripped opened the curtains and immediately started in on his brother while he was still out. On at least a couple of those, his brother had not woken up before he was out of breath, and without the willpower to be angry anymore. Kris picked up the deflection without missing a beat though. It was guilt that forced him to look away. Not the kind of guilt that comes from having your brother living in your shadow, but the kind of guilt that comes from actually doing something. The kind of guilt that Kris felt himself. The only question was, why? His eyes narrow, and he decides to go on offense.

Kris: What do you know that I don’t?

Jason takes another deep breath and brings both his hands up to run through his hair before choosing to finally let slip what needed to be said.

Jason: You’re right, but you’re also wrong. I told them that we needed to take it slow, all things considered. When they booked the Elders match, I went to them. I told them that we could do it, but it meant putting you on a short leash. Heather and I...

It was all starting to piece together for Kris. As soon as he said his wife’s name the whole picture was clear. He felt ridiculous that did not see it beforehand, but was so confident at how the story went that he could finish the confession for his brother. He had walked in on the tail end of Jason’s conversation with Heather, and knew his brother well enough to know what he would do.

Kris: ….in the kitchen, before High Stakes. You two were talking, and you said it was about an affair because there was no way I got more offended by that than I would have you talking about this. She was worried, so you taunted her until she spilled it. You promised to keep an eye on me, but it wasn’t enough….”

He pauses, and then makes a slight edit to his words.

Kris: Well, it was enough for her, but not for you. She’s trusting, and she’s only seen this twice. You knew that you couldn’t handle it by yourself.

He pauses to chuckle lightly. It made so much sense. Christian and Mark had never acted like this towards him before. They knew he had problems, but there was never an issue as long as he was on the straight and narrow.

Kris: You’ve always kept an eye on me, but we have had this conversation a few dozen times anyways. So you went to management and told them that we would do the title match, but they needed to lay off of me. They needed to let me come to terms with the stress of being back on tour, traveling, being away from my safety net and my routine. We couldn’t be in the middle of the ring every week because it would all be too much and I would backslide. You did this....

The last comment forces Jason’s eyes back across the room to his brother. There is a fire in them that has been anything-but-inconspicuously absent. Kris holds up both hands and backtracks quickly.

Kris: Okay, that was a little far. You played a part though. It’s because of what you did that caused us to be the punchline. It was your trying to protect me that threw me out to the wolves. Everything that anyone has said about us being a joke, or protected, was because of what you did.

After rephrasing, there was no more backpedaling. His voice raises with each word until he is practically yelling by the time he finishes. He is breathing heavily, and pushes the blankets to the side, raising out of the bed. He crosses the room, coming to the end of the bed, two feet from his brother, and levels his index finger at him.

Kris: You may not have done the whole thing, but you tipped the balance. You stacked the deck against me. It was only a matter of time before this happened.

Jason pushes himself off of the dresser, looking at the floor of the hotel room. He crosses the small distance between them, and puts his hand on his brother’s shoulder. For a moment, Kris thinks he has won, but that split second is gone almost as soon as the thought pops back into his mind. Jason raises his lowered arm so quickly Kris’ current reflexes are no match to stop it. He catches a forearm in the throat as Jason’s other hand wrenches on his shoulder, turning Kris so his back is against the wall alongside the bed. Using his forearm at his brother’s throat, and no other driving force, Jason pushes forward, slamming his brother against the wall and applying pressure to cut off his air supply. He leans in, his voice barely above a whisper, but nowhere in the vicinity of calm.

Jason: You are going to go take a shower while I clean this place up. We are then going to the airport, directly back to LA where you are going to tell your wife everything, and hope to God that she doesn’t boot you out of your own apartment. Then, and only then, are the three of us going to sit down and talk about whether or not you’re going to be allowed to continue being on the road or if you’re headed back to rehab for as long as I can legally keep you there.

He backs his forearm off of Kris’ throat long enough for him to draw a couple of breaths. He pulls his head back to study his eyes, and Kris gives a silent nod of agreement. He knew better than to attempt to talk.

Jason: Either way, you had better come up with exactly what it is you plan to tell your wife, who is probably already pissed off at you for having the audacity to shamelessly flirt with a girl previously involved with Kaden. A girl that you played a role in fucking up a friendship with Kaden. That’s too close to home, and you know it.

Jason offers his brother a cheap smile, and Kris’ eyes fall away. He adds a second nod, knowing that he was definitely over the line there. However, just when Kris was getting used to breathing again, and thought that the worst was over, Jason leans in tighter than before, to the threshold of breaking his brother’s larynx. His voice is more hostile than anything Kris had ever heard directed at him, and it draws memories of their childhood to the forefront of his mind.

Jason: And the next time you ever blame me for one of your fuck ups, there will not be a time after next, because you’ll be in a wheelchair eating through a straw for the rest of your life, with nobody around you willing to shoot you up. Do you understand?

ACCEPTANCE.

Unable to move his head, Kris tracks his eyes from Jason’s forehead, down to his chin, and then back again, nodding with them instead of his head. He blinks twice, and Jason lowers his arm, and backs away, straightening his jacket. He rolls his shoulders, easing the tension,  and then pats his younger brother on the shoulder.

Jason: Get moving…. And get to praying that Heather can handle this better than me.

Kris does not open his mouth, but nods. He offers his brother a smile that he has to summon every ounce of strength to force onto his face. Without a retort, he slides down the wall, past his brother, and then disappears into the bathroom. Jason turns to the room, accessing the damage in his head before starting to do his best to clean it up.



============================
============================




On-Camera

The scene opens on Jason Halich standing outside. The camera pans around him to show a vineyard, and a house that long term SCW fans recognize as familiar but cannot quite place at first. The thing that snaps it all together, is the red hoodie that Jason has zipped all the way up to his chin. The hood of it is pulled up over his head, and his hands are buried in the front pockets.

"As you can see, I am all alone today. It seemed kind of fitting that I come here, being that this was the place where it all started for Kris. I figure if he could not be here in person, he could be here in spirit."

He smiles genuinely, and lets out a slight chuckle. In the pause though, he raises a hand to calm the fans with objections to his assertion.

"Before you all get up in arms, I know very well that Kris' first promos for this company were not from this spot. I also know when he popped up, he was never dressed like this. To the people that choose to point that out, I choose to point out this fact: before Kris donned this outfit, became a Nobody, and started cutting promos from this very spot, he was nothing in this company. He was a guy that went on losing streaks for months before disappearing. Only to reappear later, lose some more matches, and disappear again. It was from this spot that he drew a line in the stand and declared that he was tired of being in my shadow. He embraced being a Nobody. He was done playing by the rules that others made up. It was right here, that his run to the SCW Internet Championship began. This was the beginning."

He starts to walk, and the camera pauses for a few steps before following at his side. The vineyard behind him is kind of bare. It was a down season, and everything had already been harvested.

"People have been led to believe that I am something more than I am. I have heard my brother talk about me from the first time that he stepped into a ring. I have seen the comments that people made to him about me time and time again. For four long years, I have been absolutely silent about it. The fact of the matter is, he didn't need me fighting his battles, and by jumping in, I would have only made the situation worse. He needed to push through it on his own, and cut his own path. Today, the differences between the way we handle things are pretty noticeable. We get up to some pretty outlandish things, and set up punchlines for each other when we are together, but the ones of you that follow us on Twitter or talk to us separately know that we are very different people. I sat back, because I wanted my brother to come into his own without my guiding hand. In doing so, I got to watch him become his own man, and most days I find myself being insanely proud of that person, despite how many of you hate him."

Jason continues to walk, turning a slight curve with the road. The scene behind them changes a little with the turn, as the space between the fields are filled with small bushes, trees, and flowers that are all neatly landscaped.

"I sat back for so long, and I let the kid grow into someone that could hold his own on a microphone and in petty arguments all on his own. He could always handle himself in a ring. We made sure of that from the very beginning. What people don't know is that this whole lifestyle was his idea, and his dream. However, his path had to go somewhere different first, and so I carried on as a way to make sure his dream didn't die. All of that changed when Jet City was born though. Since we were together, the protectiveness that I had for him as a person bled over into professional matters. What I am realizing now is that he didn't need me to do so, and never did."

He shrugs, and reluctantly accepts responsibility for something that he had been denying for months.

"The reason that you have not seen Jet City as much as all of you thought that you would, is because of me. I didn't think that the kid could handle being sober, part of a family, and traveling at the same time. To be fair, he has proven that he couldn't handle that over and over again in the past. I didn't trust that he could balance it all, so I told everyone in a position of power in SCW that he needed to take it easy. We got the title match, and we won. I was just as surprised as everyone of you were, but I was also terrified of what it meant. That's where I fucked that up and shorted all of you as a champion. I betrayed the trust of my tag team partner by treating him like he was my kid brother."

He stops, and the camera moves around him before stopping in front of him.

"Starting now, all of that changes. If we're going to move forward in SCW, it is going to be as equals, not as me babysitting someone I look at as a child. If we are going to beat Dmitri and James, I can't be looking over my shoulder the whole time to make sure that he is okay. I can't be running to management and telling them to take it easy. I can't be fighting his battles. For the first time since the start of Jet City, I need to take a step back and let the kid do his thing the way that he always has in SCW. The fact is, he was a champion here long before I came into the picture. He learned how to do this shit without me, and I have to keep letting him do that. I need to take the kid off of his leash, and let him go after that redemption that he came back to find. For Kris, this was about coming back to a company that never did him wrong, and making up for everything he pissed away. For me, this was about crossing off the last thing on my list that I needed to do before I could retire happy. Kris is on the rise, and for as long as he carries me through holding these titles, I am going to do everything I can to enjoy the ride. When the curtains close on Jet City, they close on me, and I take my final bow. I get to do that because of the talent, hard work, and skill that he has. The truth of the matter is, I never could have done this without him."

He looks down, and then pulls the zipper on the hoodie down, before shrugging it off of his shoulders and throwing it off camera.

"I'm not a Nobody. That was his path. Honestly, I am a little jealous that I wasn't involved with it, because he went from a kid that was overlooked, to one that was main eventing Climax Control with a Hall of Famer like Goth. Like I said, this dream was his, and that was probably the closest he has gotten to being on top of the world. On the other hand, that night, nor the night of Inception II is a peak, or ending, for Kris, it is just a chapter in the middle of the book. The Unholy Alliance is going to tell you that it all ends in two weeks. They are going to tell you that we didn't earn these titles, and that we have done nothing worth allowing us to keep them a second longer. They will promise victory, and discount everything that has happened since October. My only hope is that they watch this video before they do, so that they know that the blame rests solely on my shoulders. I also hope, that after they realize that, they come to the one conclusion that matters."

He smirks.

As Jet City, we haven't lost. Whether here, or either of the other places we signed. As of today, I am letting Kris off of the leash to do things the way that he has done for his whole career. That should scare both of the people in this match that don't call themselves Jet City, because it means Kris gets to be the guy that beat Goth. That beat Kain. That skyrocketed so fast that he went from a punchline to a champion in a matter of a couple of months. The guy that turned a losing streak that lasted months into a winning streak that took him to the Internet Championship. I am proud of my little brother, and all of you should be too. Unless you are on the opposite side of the ring from us. Then you should just be scared."

Jason smiles, taking a few steps towards the camera and raising his arm in stereotypical Kris fashion and putting it over the lens of the camera, killing the feed.

77
Climax Control Archives / New Jet City
« on: December 30, 2016, 09:06:58 PM »
 December 30, 2016
Seattle, Washington
[OFF-CAMERA]

When Jessica landed in Seattle, she walked off the plane swaying her hips effortlessly in her skin tight jeans and much too revealing top. She wanted to make an entrance. But as she looked around through the sea of people, she noticed that Jason wasn't watching. He had his back to her as he was talking to someone. Probably a fan or something. As she made her way over there, Jessica spoke when she got close enough.

Jessica: "Hope I'm not interrupting anything...."

Jason spins around, handing off whatever the fan had given him and asked him to sign without another word to the person. As he turns, his eyes drop down her body, and then come all the way back up to meet her eyes.

Jason: “You are more impressive looking in person than you are in all of those pictures that you are always posting.”

He offers her a wide smile.

Jason: “Hopefully you were not expecting me to be anything like my idiot brother. He told me you guys worked together a little. Something about hitting you in the face. Nobody ever accused him of being smart.”

Jessica: "Your brother's alright."

She said it with a laugh, but Jason knew that she thought more highly of him than that. The two of them had never met before, so she was essentially coming out to talk to Jason based on her opinion of his brother.  

Jessica: "He did his best to make it up to me by getting me drunk afterwards."

It was funny. Jason had heard about that exchange, but knew it as a very different story from the one that Jessica probably thought she knew. That was not a conversation for this meeting though. He would only push her away by telling her the truth, and that was the last thing that he wanted.

Jason: "Sounds like something he'd do."

Jason laughs, trying to make it sound genuine.

Jessica: "Is that so?"

Jessica questioned as she tilted her head to the side. She could tell that he was not being completely open with her, but could not put her finger on exactly what the issue was.

Jessica: "He might have told me a bit about you that night. Not that I remember. As I said, I was pretty drunk. So maybe, you can refresh my memory."

He laughs, and they start to walk to the baggage claim area of the airport.

Jason: “I imagine that anything he said about me would be less than positive. For the most part we don’t get along. We got our shit together to win the SCW Tag Team Championships though. He likes to tell people that I am less fun than he is, but that is because half of the things that he thinks are fun involve making people uncomfortable, or whipping his dick out in public. He is a strange guy.”

She, herself, thought Kris was a pretty cool dude. But then again, he could have been just trying to impress her. It was their first night out, after all. Jessica thought about what Jason said for a moment, then asked.

Jessica: "So what makes you less strange?"

She listened for his answer as she waited for her luggage to come around.

Jason: “I have a little more restraint is all, and just a shitload more common sense.”

When her bag got to her, she reaches out to get it, but he stops her, and pulls it off of the carousel himself, extending the handle and trailing it behind him as they walked towards the door exiting to the parking area.  

Jason: “Kris does nothing but run his mouth, get into trouble, and act without thinking. He is impulsive and reckless. Most importantly, deep down inside he only cares about one person, and everyone else can be damned.”

He shrugs as he finishes. It was a definition of his brother that he had given several dozen times before, albeit not being entirely true. Again though, this trip was about luring Jessica into the fold, so total, brutal honesty was not going to be the best way to go about doing that.

Jason: “He is not someone to trust. Not that he isn’t really fun to be around in small doses.”

Jessica: "Well, I only had drinks with him the one night. So I can't say one way or another for sure. But you obviously know him a lot better. So you might be right about that."

As they reached his car, Jessica watched as he went over and put her luggage in the trunk before coming back over and opening the passenger side door for her.

Jessica: "Quite the gentlemen. That's always nice to see."

Jason offers her a smile as she drops down into the seat, and he gently closes it once she is situated. He walked around what should have been the passenger side of the car after she gets in, and sits down in the driver’s seat. He looks over at her with a wide smile on his face.He pulls each strap of the seat belts over his shoulders, and snaps them together in front of his chest.

Jason: “I learned all on my own to treat ladies the right way, and they won’t flake out or be overly bitchy to you. Being that you flew all the way across the country to be here, I wouldn’t want to piss you off.”

This draws a light chuckle from her.

Jessica: "Keep treating me like this and I might not be in any hurry to leave."

Jessica hoped it came off more as a joke. She chuckled as she reached around for her own seatbelt. He lets her off the hook easily, choosing not to comment and instead starting the car. He backs out of the parking area, quickly following the exit ramps onto the highway, and speeding off towards his house.

Jason: “So why are you calling off all of your traveling just because one place closed?”

Jessica:"It's not like I'm against it. Just haven't found the right offer."

She shrugged her shoulders from her seat. It was almost exactly the thing that Jason wanted to hear.

Jessica: "If something comes along that is worth my while, I'll definitely go for it. However, it is nice to have some downtime. It allows me to do things like this. Come to Seattle on a whim."

The way she puts it makes it sound like a social call. Jason could work under that guise. It made segwaying into what he actually wanted much easier.

Jason: "I am glad you decided to come out. There was something I wanted to talk to you about."

They do not make it far away from  the airport before he pulls off of the highway, not quite outside the city. A few quick turns after they pull off, and they are sitting curbside in front of a sizable house. Jason stops in front of it, and taps at the security panel to open the gate and garage so they can pull in. He kills the engine on the car, and pops the trunk before stuffing the keys into his pocket.

Jason: “As promised, the hot tub on the back balcony from the second floor is already on and waiting in case you were interested.”

He pushes open his door, and shrugs his seatbelt aside before getting out. He moves around to her side of the car and opens her door for her, even going as far as to extend a hand to help her to her feet.

Jason: “Not that we have to use it at all. I mentioned it when you were thinking about coming out, so I thought I should make it ready.”

She laughs, but waves off his attempt at backtracking away from it.

Jessica: "I'm sure we'll be putting it to good use once I get settled in."

Jessica takes his hand to get out of the car, but he releases it as she stands so that he can move to the back of the car. He stops there briefly so he could grab her luggage.

Jessica: "...but how about a tour first."

Jason nodded as her lead the way inside. After entering from the garage, the first room they step into is an oversized kitchen that never gets used. The two make their way around the house, from the giant gym in the basement, to all of the handful of different guest rooms before finally coming to a living room on the second floor. Along the wall are giant bay windows that point out towards the city, giving it a beautiful view at night. There are no lights on the balcony attached, but on it sits a hot tub that is bubbling already. Jason had turned it on and uncovered it before heading to the airport. He opens one of the doors leading out to it before turning back to JJ, and motioning for her to follow.

Jason: “Last stop on the tour is the view.”

She gives him a once over before heading out the door he held open for her.

Jessica: "The view is lovely."

She made her way over and crouched down as she put her hand in the hot tub.

Jessica: "And that is nice and toasty."

He smiles, and looks back over into the living area. Her bag was positioned on the couch at the other end of the room.

Jason: “If you want to hop in, you can change in any of the guest rooms. It won’t really matter which one, someone else has to clean up the house, and I am indifferent.”

She seems to think it over for a second, before nodding.

Jessica: "Hmm, I might just have to do that, but…. you might want to change yourself as I'm not going in alone.”

With that, Jessica headed into the house to collect her bag before walking off for one of the guest rooms Jason had showed her along the way. He did not have to go so far, moving along the balcony to a set of cabinet drawers.He pulls two towels from it and places them close to the hot tub before removing his clothes, and stuffing them into the cabinet. He pulls shorts off of the top shelf, and slides them on before closing the cabinet up. He is already stepping into the hot tub by the time she returns. When Jessica walked back out onto the balcony, she was wearing one of her bikinis that left enough of herself exposed to catch a cold chill from stepping outside. To cure this, she moves quickly across the balcony, dipping her toes into the water before sliding all the way in.

Jessica: "So, I guess I should thank you for the invitation. Wasn't sure about all this at first. Still seems kind of sudden to me. But I'm glad I came."

He laughs.  

Jason: “I am glad that you decided to come out too. It was a lot easier than me trying to get out there, and…”

He gestures out at the view they have from the balcony.

Jason: “... it may not be the ocean or anything, but I think it is still pretty nice.”

Jessica: "....but now that you got me here, the real question is...why were you so intent on getting me to come out here?"

She finished her question with a little devilish look of curiosity. He offers her a shrug, not blowing her question off, but trying to figure out exactly what she was wanting from the evening before showing any hint of why he had asked her here.

Jason: “In very uncharacteristic fashion, I had not thought that far ahead. I thought we could get to know each other possibly. You are the guest here, I assume we are just going to talk about what you want to talk about, and do whatever it is that your heart desires doing. I am just a host trying to figure you out.”

Just because Jessica was a bit taken back by his answer doesn't mean she showed it.

Jessica: "Getting to know each other doesn't seem like such a bad idea. Most people would tell you I'm hard to deal with. But I don't think that's entirely true. Just got to know how to handle me. I think you'll do just fine as long as you give me an honest chance."

Jessica let that sink in for a moment before going on.

Jessica: "... but what would you like to know about me? I'm willing to answer anything."

Jason raises his hand to his face, scratching at the beard starting to take over his face.

Jason: “Well it is not easy for just anyone to get an invite to be here. I like to think that I was giving you an honest chance just by doing that. But I think it would be less than honest of me to give you the impression that this was a personal call. I am way too selfish for that.”

He laughs, and shrugs lightly. The smile on her face shortens, and her eyes narrow a little, confused by his words.

Jason: “See, you hit it off with Kris, which is a feat unto itself. I wanted to see if we would get along. You have been around the business, but find yourself not up to much now. I was thinking that maybe I could fill your schedule.”

Jessica: "Oh, what did you have in mind?"

Jessica questioned as she joined him in looking out towards the city. She pauses, almost long enough for him to respond, but adds a little clarification to her motives here.

Jessica: "...and just so you know, things haven't exactly gone my way in the personal sense. If that was all I thought this was, I wouldn’t have come out. I've been engaged twice and never made it down the aisle. The first time, my fiance left to deal with his own demons. The second time, he turned gay on me."

He turns his attention back to her, his eyes wide.

Jason: "Seriously?"

Jason sounded almost stunned by that.

Jessica: "Yeah, it baffles me too. Then as it turned out, he went back to being bi and got engaged to a redhead I had fought a time or two in the ring. Not to mention, more recently I dated someone who left me as soon as his ex resurfaced."

Jessica sighed in disgust.

Jessica: "But it is what it is. Can't really say I'm in a hurry to jump back into anything serious, just yet.”

Jessica let that hang in the air for a moment, then added.

Jessica: "...so what were you saying about filling up my schedule?"

He takes a few moments, running over everything she said. It was not so different from a few of his own stories. He smiles.

Jason: “I have some experience with bad relationships. I have had a handful of them as well. That is why I have become a very private person. What I do is nobody’s business but mine. It is Kris that likes all that confrontation and attention.”

His words on their personal lives seem to lead right back around into actual business.

Jason: “...and speaking of confrontation and attention is exactly what I think we can use you for. Someone to hang out with Jet City. Look out for our interests. Point us in the right direction, and look damn good doing so. That way, maybe I have to do a little bit less of the whole talking part.”

She was clearly taken by surprise.

Jessica: "Hmm..."

Jessica seemed to be thinking this all over.

Jessica: "...I don't have a problem with that. And Kris shouldn't either. Like you said, we did hit it off well enough. It really should work out just fine."

Jessica nodded before switching gears again.

Jessica: "I understand the part about wanting to keep your life private more than anyone else. I've been there. So if you ever need to tell me to get lost for awhile, feel free to do so.”

He sighs.

Jason: “There is kind of one major hangup that I have about all of this. If we are going to work together, then we really cannot have anyone thinking that this is the kind of conversation we are having in a hot tub. That kind of completely undermines everything that we would do in a ring. At that point you are a possible distraction instead of a help. Another talking point to be used against us. Even worse, a possible point of contention between myself and Kris.”

He shrugs.

Jason: “...so I guess that leaves the decision up to you.”

He searches her face for an answer in the pause between his finishing, and her answer. To his surprise, she does not give him much.

Jessica: "Well, the whole purpose of me coming out here was hear you out, and I’m not hating the idea.”

Her eyes sparkled with a certain mischief.

Jessica: "...and don't worry, I know how to be all professional when I need to be."

He nods, liking the sound of that.

Jason: “Then this will work out pretty well for the three of us.”

She gives him a weird look, so he clarifies.

Jason: “Me, you, and Kris. If we can make this whole thing work, and there is really nothing that can get in the way of Jet City being something worth writing down in a record book. I cannot say that there are going to be a lot of hot tub meetings in our future. I had to sweeten the deal with something this first time out. I’m glad it is something you are at least a little interested in though.”

He shrugs, looking back to him, and smiling.

Jessica: “It’s something new for me. At the very least it will be a good learning experience.”


=====================================================
=====================================================


[ON-CAMERA]

The scene opens with with Jet City standing in front of the camera. Both of them are brandishing their SCW Tag Team Championship around their waists. They would not normally garner so much attention other than the fact that they are both upside down. They are surrounded by the obstacle course in the basement of what has been referred to as "The Jet City Compound" which was, in reality, just a house. They are both smiling widely, and Kris brings up his hands to slowly, and sarcastically clap. Jason does not break his gaze from the camera, and is the first to talk.

Jason: Congratulations James and Dmitri. As much as both bosses seem to hate us, they must really like the two of you. First you come out and lose to The Monstimals, and yet, you still get an opportunity in the ring against us. It may not be for a championship, but it is one hell of a way to leapfrog people that have already beaten you, right? I mean, you lose a match to a better team, it would make sense that those guys get the match with the champions. Yet, here we are. Jet City against what cannot even be described as the second best team in the entire company.

Kris stops his sarcastic slow clap as Jason finishes. He shakes his head in disappointment, but does not necessarily agree with his brothers words.

Kris: On the other hand, maybe they do not really like you guys at all. First they put you in front of The Monstimals, and you got your asses kicked. Now they put you in a match against Jet City, without the titles on the line. Once you lose this match, you have to imagine that the two of you get shuffled way down the line. With new teams forming, and new teams coming in to challenge us, maybe they are just trying to remove you two from the conversation all together. I mean, SCW has already had to sit through Dmitri challenging for, and failing to capture gold on several occasions. They were just treated to James doing the same thing as the last thing they saw from SCW in 2016. Maybe you two have been given this match, because SCW has already written you off as individuals and this is their way of writing you off as a team as well. It is almost sad if you think about it.

Kris offers a shrug, and a genuine frown of sadness as he finishes. Jason breaks his gaze from the camera to look over, and clap his hand on Kris' shoulder for reassurance.

Jason: It is okay Kris, because the way that SCW seems to handle things, they will probably get more opportunities even if they do lose. I mean, they recently had a former world champion, past his prime, come into the company with a junkie, and they gave those two fools a shot at the SCW Tag Team Championships before they really even had a chance to prove that they could function as a team. Of course, after they won, management pretended like they did them a favor by "handing" them something they did not deserve, and then didn't even let them compete together for over a month.

Kris' face scrunches up a little bit as he thinks it over.

Kris: Are you talking about us?

Jason's smile fades, and his eyes narrow on his brother. There was silliness, and then there was taking it too far.

Jason: Is that really all that you took away from that?

The sadness fades from Kris' face, and he smiles, his eyes widening.

Kris: Nah, what I took away from it, is that The Elders called themselves one of the greatest tag teams that SCW has ever seen, and at this point, we have managed to hang onto the titles longer than they have. Not only that, but since we came here, neither of us have even been pinned. The only match that we did not get our arms raised at the end of, was when that choad J2H got you disqualified because his overgrown man-child couldn't hack it. At the end of the night though, you walked away unscathed, and without a broken jaw so he looked like a damn fool.

Jason nods, thinking about all of it from Kris' perspective.

Jason: I had not thought about it like that, actually. If you think about it, we probably are the only two people, holding championships, that can say that they closed out 2016 without an actual loss. We won these...

He pats the title that hangs, inverted, around his waist.

Jason: ... in our debut, and so far nobody has pinned us, made us tap out, or even gotten us counted out.

Kris interrupts to add an addition to the list.

Kris: And we have not gotten our asses kicked so badly that someone had to throw in a towel on our behalf so that we do not literally get murdered in the middle of the ring.

Jason snaps his fingers and points to his brother.

Jason: You know? I had actually forgotten about that. That is a good point.

Kris smiles, and nods, proud of himself.

Kris: I know. You're welcome.

Jason peels his eyes away from his brother to turn back to the camera.

Jason: Of course, it really does not matter what we say here. We can go on and on about our point of view, but I doubt many people on the roster, and likely nobody in management, will agree with us. If you take what we did in 2016 at face value, it seems impressive. It becomes a lot less so when you talk about the fact that we have been here for almost two months, and have had three matches. Kris won his. We won these titles. Then J2H's man bitch skated on a technicality. If you look at that, Jet City didn't really do anything worth talking about. We beat a team for these tag team titles that probably only won them because the last team was on the way out. After all, Team BJ have not competed as a team since, and have had a match against each other in the mean time. Come time for this match between Jet City and the Unholy Alliance, they may even be retired for good.

Jason pauses, and Kris takes over from where he stops.

Kris: We are champions of a depleted tag team division, and we have not put in the legwork to actually make being champions mean anything worth talking about. Not that it is our fault though. Both Mark Ward and Christian Underwood have been straight forward about the fact that we didn't deserve the chance for these titles and they were gifted to us. They try to invalidate us at every turn. We are casualties of some feud over which one of them is the bigger bitch. Here is the problem with the things they say though: If these titles were a gift, why are they stopping us from earning them? Why is it that we have only had three matches in two months? Why is it that the two of you are okay with shitting all over two of your champions, while denying them the opportunity to make something of themselves?

Jason looks down, shaking his head in disgust.

Kris: And before you two get all up in arms about this, and talk about the match that we have right now being an opportunity, just stop. Jet City signed contracts with SCW at Halloween. Our second match as a team didn't happen until the turn of the year. Do we not have a right to bitch about that a little? We have been sidelined in order to sit on commentary, throw parties, and act like assholes backstage in order to provide some additional time in between matches taking place. That is not what we signed up for. Granted, we are not to people to shy away from the opportunity to steal a little spotlight, and we love hearing ourselves talk, but that is not exclusively what we signed on here to do. We signed here to be in the ring. We signed here to be real champions, not two people just to hold something backstage while management spends a couple months measuring dicks.

Jason looks up, and holds up an index finger, interrupting just momentarily.

Jason: And we realize that saying that may be more offensive to Mark than it is Christian, so we will just level the playing field by saying, from out perspective, Mark has the lead, albeit both measurements being short and disappointing.

It is Kris' turn to interject.

Kris: Short and disappointing, but not to be confused the SCW Tag Team Championship reign of The Elder Bitches.

Again, Jason interrupts.

Jason: The Elder Bitches, not to be confused with The Female Elders.

Kris nods in agreement.

Kris: Because God forbid we call them bitches and people get bent out of shape on Twitter, and flood our timeline with shit trying to make us feel bad.

The two turn away from the camera, and share a laugh with one another before Jason tries to get them back on track.

Jason: The fact remains that Jet City came here to make something of themselves. We have held up our end of that bargain. Anyone that has been put in front of us has either lost, or cheaply swindled out a way to walk away.

Kris interrupts a final time, but this time Jason does not find it funny.

Kris: You didn't even get to hit him with that title did you? Totally got disqualified without the satisfaction of actually doing it. Does that not grate on you?

Jason sighs, frustrated, but does not turn from the camera or acknowledge Kris' words.

Jason: Jet City has not gotten the opportunity do to anything worthwhile. The jokes that people make, the insults that management throws at us, they all kind of ring true. 2017 is going to be the year that all of that changes. We at Jet City, are going to be making those changes, starting right now.

They stop, looking off camera, and nodding for their silent partner to step into the frame. The fans are treated to a sight of a blonde woman in a blue dress that sinks almost too low on her chest and ends nearly unacceptably high on her thing. She steps around the two of them, coming to rest between them, in the center of the frame.

Kris: Since SCW is not going to look our for the interests of Jet City, we are just going to have to do it ourselves. If people want to get involved from ringside, then those people are going to do so in our favor. If someone is going to go into the office and nag at the people making the matches, then we are going to make sure that person is about as high maintenance, demanding, and unrelenting as they come. If we cannot change the image that you people get in your head when you think of us by ourselves, then we will just give all of you a little something else to look at while we do our thing.

The three of them exchange glances, all showing a similar smile on their faces.

Jason: It was dangerous enough to allow my and my brother to work in the same company, at the same time, as a team. Since that wasn't taken seriously, we decided to up the ante a little. Jet City now has all of the same maliciousness...

Kris: With a walking bombshell of a distraction to help it all happen so much more smoothly.

The two brothers unstrap the SCW Tag Team Championships from their waists and hold them up.

Jason: We are....

All: Jet City!

78
Climax Control Archives / Role Reversal
« on: December 09, 2016, 10:20:27 PM »
 December 9th 2016
Seattle, Washington
Jason Halich’s House
Off-Camera




Kris entered the house ten minutes ago, not surprised to find it dark and quiet. The sun was not even up, so the fact that there were no lights on in the house would have led anyone else to believe that the residents were sleeping. Fortunately, from knowing the occupant for a long twenty-seven years, Kris knew otherwise. He makes his way through the dark rooms and hallways without flipping on a light. He had done so a number of times before, so he knew his way around. There was no danger in falling over something new, or something rearranged, because his brother was not here often enough to do so. However, two days before his first solo match in two years, Kris knew that he would find him here. That is why he was not surprised when he opened up the door leading to the basement and got blinded by the bright florescent lights.

Jason’s basement was not typical in any way. As soon as the door opened, the previously pin-drop silent house was filled with music. The house had been built in such a way that the sound did not travel through the floors. That was true between the main floor, and second floor, but especially true for the basement. When Haley had lived here, it was absolutely necessary to trap noise between levels as they kept alternating schedules. Kris makes his way down the stairs, a handrail the only thing separating him from a drop to the concrete floor. In constructing the house, Jason had demanded that the basement floor sit twenty feet below the ceiling. He had plans for this space, and he delivered on it with his own creativity. Not only did it contain a full gym, and a ring, but also an obstacle course equivalent to that of a Ninja Warrior set, and not the generic American substitute.

Kris had tried to run the course setup faster than his brother on multiple occasions, but always came up short. Half of the gym equipment was set to so much resistance that Kris would spend more time adjusting everything than he would working out. Anybody that had ever met the two of them knew which one of them was the harder worker, and the more determined, but it was never more obvious than in this setting. Kris reaches the bottom of the stairs and pushes back his right sleeve to check his watch. It was only five-thirty. Being that it was Jason, that probably meant that he was already an hour and a half into the day.

Kris steps into the main area of the obstacle course, the music so loud that he could not locate his brother. Instead of wandering around searching, he makes his way to the table resting alongside the final obstacle in the course and picks up the tablet that rests on it. He clicks the screen to life, and presses his thumb to the sensor, unlocking it before spinning the digital sound knob down to zero.


Jason: “What the fuck!”

Kris’ brother comes out from between a few of the obstacles, pulling a towel from his back pocket to wipe at his forehead. He stops when he sees that it was his brother and not technical difficulties that stopped him in the middle of his workout. Kris thought that maybe he would become less annoyed knowing that it was not some flaw in technology, and  a real person instead, but his expression does not soften.

Jason: “Is there something I can do for you? Not all of us have the luxury of having the week off. I have a match I need to get ready for.”

Kris laughs and holds his hands up, pleading innocence.

Kris: “Calm down Captain Roid-rage. I just wanted to see what was up. Nobody has really seen or heard from you in a week. We were thinking maybe you pushed yourself so hard up here that you died. You are getting kind of old.”

Jason approaches the table and grabs a bottle of water from it.

Jason: “First, shut up.”

He spins the top off of the bottle and tosses it into the trash pin at the far end of the table before taking a long drink from it.

Jason: “Second, not everyone prepares for matches by blowing a paycheck on smack and then banging random Twitter skanks.”

Kris takes clear offense to not only the words spoken, but the hateful and pointed tone in which they were directed at him. In response, he holds up the index finger of his left hand.

Kris: “That’s one.”

Kris takes a step towards his brother, and rests his hand on his shoulder.

Kris: “You need to calm down. You get too far into your head about this, and it is going to go the way that you fear it going. Bring it down a notch.”

Jason finishes the bottle of water and then slaps his brother’s hand away before tossing the bottle into the same bin as the lid.

Jason: “It has been two years. When we won these titles, I could feel myself getting winded around the halfway point. That is all well and good when there is someone that I can tag in and catch my breath. That was the point of doing this thing together. I thought I would have time to get my form back. Apparently not. I need to cram about three months' worth of prep work into a week. I need to be able to go full speed.”

Kris surveys his brother, trying to figure out exactly how hard he is pushing himself. He was not as observant as his elder, or even the majority of their friends, but something does stick out to him. His eyes track down to his brother’s right knee, which is entirely exposed. The scars surrounding it have faded with age, but were still prominent enough to be a red flag.

Kris: “Where’s your brace?”

Jason laughs, and again towels off his forehead.

Jason: “Full speed, Kris. It would only slow me down. I am not taking the risk of not being ready to go.”

It was the kind of comment that Kris would have expected to hear come out of his own mouth. Mostly because it was stupid, short-sighted, and more dangerous than helped. Jason starts to turn away to get back to what he was doing, but Kris tracks quickly around him to stand in his way.

Kris: “And what happens when you blow your knee out for a third time? Not even in a ring, or at a show, but in your basement of all places? How fast are you going to be able to go then?”

Jason reaches out and places his left hand on Kris’ left bicep before swiping him out of his way. He tries again to go back to what he is doing, but this time Kris reaches, and grabs his shoulder, spinning his brother back to facing him. In response, Jason swings at him, but Kris gets a hand up to swat it away. Jason follows, raising a knee to catch Kris in the stomach, but the younger brother lowers both hands, interlocking his fingers and slamming them down hard on top of Jason’s left knee to avoid. The strength at which the knee is propelled forward causes Kris to take a step backwards. Jason is not letting go though, he takes a step forward to close the gap, He throws another right hand, but Kris leans back, avoiding it, and then grabbing his brother by the arm, and wrenching him into a bent forward position, and then raising a foot to kick the back of Jason’s bad knee, which drops him to both knees on the floor. As soon as his knee hits the concrete, Kris lets his arm go. Jason quickly shifts to be sitting, winded. He looks up at Kris, his eyes on fire.

Jason: “What is your problem?”

Kris laughs, and shakes his head. The audacity of the accusation makes him feel like he is in some kind of alternate reality where they switched personalities. He had never experienced this kind of argument from this side before.

Kris: “We are doing this Jet City thing. We can only keep doing that if you are healthy, and functional. This shit…”

He points down at Jason’s exposed knee.

Kris: “...is going to end Jet City before we actually get going. You need to pull your head out of your ass before you cost us everything we already have, and anything we are going to build.”

Jason shakes his head, and looks down. He pushes up off of the floor, but does not dare plant his right foot flat to the floor. There was a familiar tingling from his knee all the way down to his toes. He was not about to admit that his brother was right though.

Kris: “You want to be a bitch and not talk about what is bothering you? Fine. Just know, that it is not going to be me that fucks this up for us this time. If it falls apart, it is going to be on you. For once, you are going to be the fuck up sibling. I don’t know if you know this, but I am not the type to follow you around and pick you up after everyone breaks you down as a result of it. I am not you. So how about you pry your head out of your ass, and let me go back to making the dumb decisions while you put everything back together. It has worked out pretty well so far.”

Jason laughs, flexing his leg before finally putting it down and putting weight on it. He walks around in a tight circle, testing its durability. When he is satisfied that he is okay, he plants it firmly, resting his hands on his hips and looking at the floor.

Jason: “It is not coming back as quickly as it has in the past. I have pretty clearly lost a step, and I am not sure if I am going to get it back in time.”

Kris holds his arms out to his sides, and shrugs. There is a smile on his face, and a surprising lack of any confusion.

Kris: “What did you expect? You’re getting older. You haven’t even been trying to keep in ring shape for two years. Honestly though, the shit doesn’t even matter.”

Jason raises his gaze to meet his brother’s eyes, and his brow furrows. The confusion that should have been on Kris’ face after the realization was on his own.

Jason: “How do you figure that it doesn’t matter? I step slower means I am behind the ball. It means I am not as good as I used to be. How is that not a bad thing?”

Kris shakes his head, and draws even more irritation from his brother by laughing.

Kris: “Let me ask you a question, when you started out, you were faster and more agile than you are now, right?”

Jason rolls his eyes, not having any interest in playing this game right now. After a few moments of silence though, he comes to the realization that Kris is not going to move on without his participation though.

Jason: “Yes… obviously.”

Kris nods, but that was only the set-up to his point.

Kris: “When you started out, were you someone who had done this job for nine years? Someone that has risen to the top of three different companies? Were you a Triple Crown Champion? Were you in any Hall of Fames? Did you have more championships to your name than you have cabinet space in your house?”

Jason should have seen it coming, but he was too wrapped up in his anger to see where Kris was going before he got there. The short list of his accomplishments that Kris rattles off breaks through that anger and brings a small smile to his face. He tries to play it off though.

Jason: “And?”

Kris closes the distance between them and places his hand on his brother’s shoulder.

Kris: “The step you have lost is more than made up for by the experience you have. You don’t need to be as fast, as agile, as you used to be. Mostly because you are not going to make all of the same mistakes that you did back then. All that excess energy you used to burn fucking up, you don’t need it now.”

Jason shakes his head, laughing at the sentiment. The anger and irritation was starting to fade.

Jason: “You realize you are the least likely source of any kind of pep talk, right?”

Kris shrugs, and fires back.

Kris: “You realize that you are the least likely to make idiot decisions in this family, right?”

Kris points down at his brother’s knee.

Kris: “Get your shit together, and then get back to work. I am going to go watch as much as I can about this guy and we can start game planning after you are done, and wash the not-so-faint smell of ass off of yourself.”

Jason nods, chuckling lightly before moving off towards the weight room where the rest of his equipment was. Kris turns back to the table, spinning the digital sound knob again to blast the music through the basement.


++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


December 9th 2016
Seattle, Washington
Jason Halich’s House
On-Camera


“Lately I have been feeling a lot like my brother. I mean, I came to this company where my name is a virtual unknown, and walk around with people that know more about him than they do me. I have been making dumb choices in training. I have even been picking fights on Twitter with random people for no reason.”

The scene surrounding the elder half of Jet City is strange to those unfamiliar with him. Behind him is a warped wall, and as the camera pans around him fans can see it is not the only obstacle set up in the room. Anyone that follows him on Twitter will notice immediately that it is the same room he has been posting GIFs of his preparation from.

“I thought that this Jet City thing was going to end up making Kris a little more like me. I didn't realize that the opposite would be true too. Earlier today he even gave me one of my own lectures, and I am sure that I looked at him with the same ‘deer-in-the-headlights’ look that I typically get from him. Tagging with someone is no new thing to me. I have done it all throughout my career. I could list off those names, but they mean nothing here. I am a newcomer, and as such, should be treated like one. The fact remains though. I am in the fight that I am in this week, for the same reasons that Kris ends up in most of his fights. I was trying to make a name for myself here. I was trying to take a big leap out of his shadow to do my own thing in SCW. Now, with Jet City being the big picture, that is not going to realistically happen. I am not going to be chasing down singles titles, or competing in big main events as a solo act. For the most part, I am going to be seen standing side-by-side with the kid brother that I normally look down on. That is going to be what defines me in SCW.”

He laughs, breaking his gaze from the camera to look down and shake his head.

“To think that all anyone has talked about in reference to me all week is how I have been a disrespectful prick to the SCW Heavyweight Champion, who started shit on Twitter is kind of funny. I mean I kind of did just kind of show up and win the SCW Tag Team Championships in my first actual match. That has to count for something, right? I mean it is bad form to come in and talk about things you did elsewhere, like they are supposed to matter. I do not have the problem of being someone that is so new that they have not made an impression on the record books. I did not want to wait to have to be recognized. I went out on my first night and did something worth doing.”

For a while his tone trails more and more serious, and less on the jovial side, but as he finishes he smiles.

“This whole thing started because I changed my name on Twitter to promote a party. J2H was too good to come, so I used my initials to make him out to sound like he was actually second in line. J1H has a nicer ring to it anyways, but that is neither here, nor there. I put myself above the champion, and his butt hurt little sidekick took exception.”

He holds up his hands, palms out to the camera, not wanting anyone to take offense.

“... and yes before I get hounded by the SCW police, I know that Rage has quite the impressive resume here. The guy was the first person ever to hold the title that I am holding now almost five years ago, to the date. I know he has held it since that glorious month way back when. I know that he also went on to have the most wonderful month and a half holding the same title J2H carries around. He has even hung onto that title that my… how did it go?”

Jason pauses and raises his index finger up to his lips and taps it there a few times. His eyes widen as a result of his fake epiphany, and he holds the same index finger up in the air to signify the correct phrase has struck him before he continues.

“… junkie brother, whose coattails I am riding, held onto for a while. The Internet Championship, is it? The one that my brother held onto, as the first title he ever won, for a couple of months, when you could not even hack it for longer than twenty-eight days the first time. You were a former SCW Heavyweight Champion at that point Rage. You were a multi-time tag team champion at that point. You couldn’t manage to hang on to a title longer than the talentless junkie half of Jet City. What does that tell you as you get ready to go up against the smarter, better trained, better looking, and more experienced half of this team?”

Jason shrugs, demanding a verbal answer from a person not physically there to give one. He gives it time to set in, only for his expression to shift to one of disappointment when no reply comes.

“I will tell you what you are going to do. You are going to do the same thing you did against Sean Williams and Wyatt Peterson. The same thing you did against Dmitri, Despayre and Nick Jones. You are going to walk in, confident that you are going to win, and you are going to limp out without a damn thing to your name. That latter part though, you are going to do that after having someone beat your ass, and walk away with a title held above their head. Sure, this match has nothing to do with a title, but I thought you could easily relate to the visual.”

He laughs and moves across to the table holding all of his ring gear. There is a bag on the table, and he starts tossing everything into the bag.

“You came to me on Twitter and told me that I was less important than the number one champion in this company. Those were your words, not mine. For that small portion of our back and forth, having a title in his possession put him above other people on the roster. Once you realized that I was one half of the tag team champions, all of a sudden having a title was no longer an important thing. All of a sudden, a person’s past accomplishments and contributions to SCW meant more than anything, and since I have only been around for the blink of an eye I wasn’t worth shit. The way that you flipped your argument to attempt to save face was sloppy and laughable. So let me remind you one thing……”

He finishes tossing everything into the bag and zips the top of it up. He picks it up by the long strap connected to both ends, and hangs it over his shoulder.

“I didn’t approach you for this fight. I didn’t come after you on Twitter. I didn’t call you out. I didn’t even know you existed before you put yourself in front of me, because I am still relatively ignorant on the names and faces of this company. You were the one that took offense. You were the one that tweeted me in defense of the ass your lips are glued to. You were the one that got bent out of shape and hostile. You made this match happen. So the only person that you get to blame when you lose, and have to watch, heartbroken, when my arm gets raised at the end of the match, is yourself.”

He takes a step towards the camera and raises his hand out of the frame, hovering over the button to switch it off. He looks directly into the lens first, speaking directly to Rage.

"I never expected that I would be standing one-on-one in the middle of a ring again. I thought this time was going to be Jet City, Jet City, and even more Jet City. You said that I was riding my brother's coattails. Now you get to be the first one to find out that Kris is not even close to being on my level. That is something that the two of you have very much in common. I would wish you good luck, but I have made enough jokes. I would give you a little catchphrase about an ambulance, but I am the wrong Halich for that. Instead, I will leave you with this one piece of advice."

He smiles widely.

"Next time you want start a fight with your keyboard, do a little research on the person before you click that send button. That way you will not make getting your ass kicked a habit in the upcoming weeks.

He flips the switch on the side of the camera and the feed cuts off.

79
Supercard Archives / ELDERS (c) v KRIS & JASON HALC
« on: November 18, 2016, 10:13:28 PM »
 “Growing Concerns”
[Off-Camera]
Monday
November 14th, 2016
Los Angeles, CA -- Kris’ Home


The door of Kris and Heather’s loft opens, and the oldest member of their social circle, and growing family, steps into the living room. Looking around at its emptiness, he finds himself happy that he had been given a key. Jason had clearly expected kids running around, and people to be here, but it was, from what he could tell, devoid of life. He drops the bag, hanging from his shoulder, to the floor, and then pushes it against the wall with his foot, before turning to the large room. His eyes fixate on the floor for a moment, the very same place that he had found Kris faced down and overdosed nearly two years ago. He tries to shake that visual image out of his head before calling out.

Jason: “Is anyone home? I was pretty sure everyone knew I was coming….”

He speaks loud enough for his voice to carry throughout the rooms, but not loud enough to be startling, or cause a sleeping baby to stir. However, he is not met with a verbal response. Instead, he hears movement in the kitchen, and sees one of the only lights in the loft beaming from it. He moves across the living room, and pushes open the door slowly. Inside he finds his very pregnant sister-in-law, her back to him. He knocks twice on the counter next to the door he walks in to get her attention. Heather had earbuds in, and they were blasting loud enough for Jason to hear their muffled music from across the kitchen. She had clearly not heard Jason enter the apartment, nor call out, but the knock on the counter startles her slightly. She turns from the sink of dishes, in a panic, a large metal ladle in her hand, with soap running down both it and her arm. The lowers it and relaxes when she sees who is there. She turns off the music player and pulls down the headphones.

Jason: “Were you planning on scooping me to death?”

She drops it back into the soapy water and shrugs, not dwelling on it. She turns from the water and dries off her hands on a towel hanging over her shoulder.

Heather: “Jay... I thought you weren't getting in until tomorrow.”

She replaces the towel and walks over to place a chaste but still warm kiss to his cheek.

Heather: “I figured you would want to spend as much time as possible with Jules.”

She gives him a knowing smirk.

Jason: “She has studying to do. I think she is flying out for the show, but I did not want to keep her away from class or anything. Besides, I am easy to get tired of, and this is a new thing. And I have to get your idiot husband prepared for a tag team championship match. That is no small feat.”

The topic change tacked onto the end of what his statement demonstrates everything to her that she needed to know on the subject. Jason kept his personal life almost completely separate from his circle of friends and family until he knew a person was worth bringing in. There were kids, and years of friendships that would be challenged by a new person. He was not the type to do so recklessly.

Jason: “So where is he anyways? Leaving you unattended and pregnant seems rude.”
Heather chuckles and folds her arms in front of her chest. Jason knew almost immediately what the words that were about to come out of her mouth were.  

Heather: “He is taking KJ to Liz’s. He will probably be back soon enough.”

Heather bites her lip, playing nice when it came to her was hard. But Heather being the sweet girl she was, often held her tongue when it came to her step-son’s birth mother.

Heather: “You can go hang out in the living room and wait for him. It is boring in here.”

He looks around the room for a moment and shakes his head, before turning to the counter next to him.

Jason: “I’m good to hang out here and annoy you.”

He pops up off the floor and sits down on the cabinet closest to the door. She smiles, going back to the sink of dishes.

Heather: “You couldn't possibly annoy me more than Kris does. I'm desensitized to anything less.”

His eyes narrow on her, even though she is not facing him to see so. He surveys the counter around him, looking for something, anything he could use.

Jason: “I am pretty sure that anything Kris knows, he learned from me, and I am not dumb enough to give away all my secrets.”

Reaching at the drawers next to where his legs hang off of the cabinet, he finds silverware, taking a spoon. He looks up, reassuring himself that her back was still to him. Silently, he starts to peer into the cabinets behind him, finding it full of cooking spices. He reaches in, grabbing one at random and smiling before pouring it onto the spoon. He leans forward to shorten the distance it would have to fly, and prepares to fire.

Jason: “Wait, what is this?”

The question was meant to get Heather to turn towards him, and works flawlessly. Before she can even turn most of the way, he accurately launches the contents of the spoon to hit her before she can even see it flying through the air. The spice gets into her face in a small cloud of brown. Heather immediately starts coughing as it enters her nose and mouth. Immediately her eyes start to water as the cinnamon settles around her.  She sighs, grabbing a dishrag she tosses it at Jason's head.

Heather: “You can clean this up while I wash my face.”

She walks past him, patting him on the shoulder but there isn't even a hint of anger in her face. He mocks her in his best impression of her voice, along with a stereotypical bobble of his head that children use when they talk back to parents. He hops from the counter, brushing the cinnamon off of the island counter in the center of the room, and into the palm of his hand, before shaking it in the sink. He dampens the rag, and then drops it to the floor, moving it around with his foot to clear the mess on the floor. As he finishes, she comes back into the room.

Jason: “I almost don’t even want to know what Kris does to you on such a regular basis that a face full of cinnamon did not phase you.”

She re-enters, there is however still cinnamon in her hair. She sneezes into her arm.

Heather: “Living with him is like having two children, and the baby is easier.”

She laughs, and he silently nods in agreement.

Heather: “But the good times are well worth his moments of impishness.”

Jason: “You have to savor those good times, because the majority of the time he is a pain in the ass, or much, much worse.”

Heather: “He makes life interesting. I wouldn't have it any other way. It's this unexplainable feeling like even though so many have said that I could do better, no one is or was.”

She bites her inner cheek for a moment before looking into Jason's eyes earnestly.

Heather: “You're going to keep an eye on him right? When I'm not there? I support anything he wants to do but if I’m honest it scares the shit out of me that he is going back.”

Jason drops the smile from his face slowly. His expression twists to show his debate in contemplating being brutally honest, or supportive. The former loses out to the ladder, but not by much.

Jason: “Kris is difficult, impulsive, reckless, and self-serving. I struggle to find any other way to describe him. However, he is not like that when you are involved. He is less like that now that you two are married, and there are kids on the line. He has these little brilliant flashes of acting like a real functioning adult, and they are happening a lot more often than they used to.”

He shrugs, and moves back around the kitchen to where he was previously sitting on the counter, but leans against it instead of hopping up on it.

Jason: “I am terrified about where this whole tag team titles thing lands us. It is all fun and games in front of a camera, but he is just starting to wrap his head around being back at all, let alone being the champion of an entire division. I don’t know if he is ready for something like that. We kind of do not have a choice but to find out though. The important thing, at least for him, is that he knows if he falls back into it, I am gone, and likely you are gone. If Liz asks for a drug test through the court and he fails, KJ is gone. I am hoping that the things riding on him staying on this side of the line are enough to push him away from anything else.”

Heather takes a deep breath.

Heather: “I never pretend that we have a perfect life. We are addicts and typically people have trouble trusting us for the rest of our lives even if we never touch the source of the addiction ever again. My sisters are always watching me. I am not naive enough to think that everything is going to be perfect. I never expect that I am enough to keep him sober but I do hope I’m enough to have him at least think twice.”

She's still looking a little unsure, her blue eyes wide and almost fearful for the unpredictable future. Jason nods, but does not look up at her.

Jason: “For a long time, I sat around hoping that my relationship with him would be enough to keep his head out of his ass. Every time I thought he was turning a corner, he would slide back down to rock bottom. It was never enough. I have started to think that coming back is one level of pressure on him. Maybe if I was there with him, we would be able to push through it together, when he has failed to do it himself. This whole championship thing is another whole monster altogether. I am not sure he can handle it.”

He does finally look up, and the genuine comedic nature of their conversations is completely gone from his expression.

Jason: “I can’t tell you that it is all going to work out. I can tell you that sharing hotel rooms, and not letting him out of my sight while we are on the roads means that if things start to spin out of control, I will notice it pretty quickly, and try to contain the explosion before it goes nuclear.”

He shrugs again, and folds his arms across his chest.

Jason: “That’s the best I can do.”

Heather nods, the disappointment starts to set in that there is really no way to soothe her fears any time soon. It will just take sitting and hoping that Kris makes the right decisions.

Heather: “I appreciate that. Not that I don't trust him. I like to think I trust him more than anyone else but something he doesn't like to admit is that he is sensitive to how people perceive him. When he does get upset he can lose hope.”

Jason actually laughs at her words, but not in the typical condescending way that he normally would. It was very much the opposite.

Jason: “That is something that not a lot of people understand about Kris. People think he has this thick skin because he gets in all kinds of arguments on Twitter, or battles in promos. The truth of it is, outside of an argument that he provoked, or a narrative that he has pushed about himself, he cannot handle people talking about him. That is why he pushes the addict thing too hard. If people talk about that, he can brush it off. However, if people started hitting him about not being a good enough parent, or having been so shitty in past relationships that it is almost assured that you will eventually leave him, it destroys him.”

He shakes his head, the thought of it was actually pretty saddening.

Jason: “You know him better than most, so you see these things. It is reassuring to me that you do. It took me twenty-seven years of knowing him to get to this point.”

Heather: “I gave up on him too easily before. When he said he wanted to try and make it work with Liz, I walked away. I won't make that mistake again. So rest assured Jason, there is nothing that will make me leave. Even if he falls off that cliff again. Some might think it's foolish. I call it being so deeply in love that there isn't anything you wouldn't do to keep him around.”

He laughs, but he knew that she was not wrong. He could see it every time that they were in the presence of one another.

Jason: “Which is better than the reason that I do it. I just do not think that I could handle seeing him dead, but even I have gotten to a point before where I was ready to just walk away. If he destroyed himself, fine. I was not even going to be around to see it.”

He looks back down at the floor.

Jason: “And then my daughter died, and everything changed.”

Heather moves forward, putting a hand on his shoulder.

Heather: “I can't even imagine that kind of pain Jason. I am really sorry.”

As soon as the last word comes from her mouth, the door to the kitchen pushes open, and Kris steps through the door. His eyes are down, and on his phone as he reads through the messages from his brother.

Kris: “Heather, have you heard from…”

He looks up to see his brother standing in his kitchen. His eyes dart back and forth between them, before narrowing on Heather.

Kris: “Why do you two have a look like you were talking about me?”
Jason laughs and pushes away from the counter, moving past his brother, and back into the living area.

Jason: “Delusions of grandeur I tell you. The kid thinks the world revolves around him. Like we wouldn’t have other interesting things to discuss. Like the long standing affair we are having, and we are afraid to tell him the baby is actually mine.”

The door closes almost perfectly at the same time he finishes his sentence, and Kris looks back and forth between the door and his wife, waiting for her response. She shrugs, a perfect expression of nonchalant on her face.

Heather: “Gotta keep it in the family, right?”

She breaks too easily though and a wide smile breaks over her face.

Heather: “Uh... Jet City!”

She raises a hand before slipping through the swinging door and leaving Kris alone and baffled.


====================================================-
=====================================================


“Championship Moments”
[On-Camera]
Thursday
November 18th, 2016
Los Angeles, CA -- Galen Center

Jason and Kris are standing in the middle of the SCW ring that is already set up and ready for High Stakes, just 48 hours away. If the camera panned in either direction from the ring, fans would be able to see people still assembling the stage, and working to get the arena itself set up for the show. However, it does not pan. It stays locked on the two brothers, in ring gear, standing side by side. As we zoom in though, the two separate, revealing a large flat screen hanging behind them at about shoulder level. The screen is currently off, but Jason holds in his hand a tiny remote to control it. Before he does, Kris speaks up.

Kris: “Now as two guys that are typically late to everything, I’m sure you all are wondering exactly what we are doing here two days before the show is even going to kick off. To answer that, we could say that we were scouting, or preparing ourselves, by familiarizing ourselves with the arena, and the ring, and the size of the crowd….”

The older of the two brothers interrupts, throwing on his best Rain Man impression.

Jason: “It’s definitely the T.V…. defin--.. Definit--.. Definitely the T.V.”

Kris closes his eyes and shakes his head in frustration.

Kris: “If I have to tell you one more tim--”

Jason interrupts him.

Jason: “We just wanted to use the monitor hanging from the rafters shtick. No more. No less. We never get to do it. It looked like fun.”

Kris looks over at his older brother, clearly annoyed.

Kris: “Do you want them to think that we are unprepared idiots? Because that is how you make them think that we are unprepared idiots.”

Jason holds up his hand, and disagrees.

Jason: “If we were unprepared, would we have heard everything The Members of the Elders said about us last week?”

Kris tosses over the idea, but is forced into agreement.

Kris: “No…”

Jason’s smile widens.

Jason: “If we were unprepared, would we have put together our own counter-strike on their intelligence?”

Kris looks down, and this time shakes his head, almost looking disappointed in himself.

Kris: “No.”

Jason’s voice raises to a comically loud, and fake offended tone.

Jason: “So how dare you say that we are unprepared!”

He reaches over his shoulder, and points at the screen with the remote. Nothing happens at first. When the screen does not come to life, Jason looks confused, and smacks at the remote a few times, and starts mashing the buttons. Kris looks up from the mat, his voice low enough to not want to infuriate his brother.

Kris: “Did you remember the batteries for the remote?”

Jason turns his death glare to Kris, infuriated at the thought. He turns the remote over and claws at the cover, only to find the compartment empty. He shakes it in his fist before tossing it out into the arena. The sound of it clanging around in the seats echoes through the arena a few moments later. Kris takes a few steps over to the screen, and then clicks it on. The image that appears is a freeze frame of a tweet that Jason sent out the day they signed contracts. People paying attention notice that it is the same tweet that The Members of The Elders used. Kris turns back to the camera, and Jason reads off his words.

Jason: “Oddly enough, I do not think that SCW is going to be graced with my presence, or my brother’s, but a genuine Jet City appearance….”

Jason sighs and looks down in disappointment.

Jason: “I thought that tweet was pretty clear.”

Kris turns to him to offer him some reassuring words.

Kris: “I thought you expressed yourself beautifully. I mean….”

Kris closes some of the distance between them, and holds his hand out in front of his brother’s chest. He looks directly into the camera and speaks slowly for those that may not have followed the content of the tweet.

Kris: “Not just Jason.”

He moves his hand over, and pats his own chest.

Kris: “Not just Kris.”

He then moves his hands back and forth between the two of them, trying to signal both of them together.

Kris: “But Jet City.”

Jason snaps out of his disappointment and nods, albeit rolling his eyes at his brother’s delivery of the explanation.

Jason: “Thanks for the rundown, short bus.”

He walks to the ropes closest to where the camera is focused on them and leans forward, resting his arms on them.

Jason: “Elder Bitches….”

He feels that his words need a little clarification after hearing them out loud.

Jason: “Not to be confused with the female half of The Elders. I am referencing the members with dangly parts.”

Jason holds out his hands to his side, and shakes his head in disbelief.

Jason: “How could you fuck that up? You took this tweet, which was my demonstrating that we were coming in as a team, and not as two individuals, and messed up interpreting it, so badly that I am starting to wonder if I should allow myself to step in a ring and hurt you two. I find myself lying in bed, kept awake by the thought of having to smack around people that may not be mentally capable of knowing what is happening to them. How do you two wake up, put your pants on in the morning, and go into the world to make big boy decisions without the ability to process the content of a Tweet correctly? It is not like I was being misleading in any way. If you take out the parts about me and my brother, essentially the tweet says that SCW is going to be graced with the presence of Jet City. We were bringing a new and exciting tag team into this company, because we thought Jet City, as a whole, would be better than the sum of its parts. That is the idea behind tag team wrestling, is it not? Two people forming a team that makes them more dominant, more balanced, and more successful than they are as individuals?”

Kris steps up to join his brother by the ropes, picking up almost right as Jason finishes his thought.

Kris: “You seem to think that this tag team was thrown together last second. One of the reasons we came to SCW specifically was because we wanted to do something as a team. It was Twitter that announced us separately. It was people talking about me coming back, and my brother considering signing on for the first time. It was reported that we were individuals. So to correct the record, Jason decided to set everyone straight. This isn’t about Kris Halich. This isn’t about JHalc. This is about Jet City. Stepping foot in the door for the first time was all we needed to see the sorry state of the tag division. We decided what our plan was before we ever even put our names on the dotted line.”

Kris shakes his head, his disappointment with The Elders very evident.

Jason: “We were not blinded. We were not overlooking the clearly vacant spot in the tag team division. That is why when we showed up at Halloween, we did so connected at the hip. The first glimpse that SCW got of us, was as Jet City. That was before Kris ever got a singles match here, but definitely not before Jet City made landfall.”

Kris holds out his hand and taps Jason on the shoulder to stop him before he moved on.

Kris: “For you two to think that this is not exactly what we wanted to happen, shows us you may very well be clueless. Before I stepped away earlier this year, this Jet City thing was what we were doing for the foreseeable future. Shit happened to prevent that. Life happened. Companies closed. New homes needed to be found. We found that home a few weeks ago when we showed up to Climax Control and were nearly ripped apart by a big undead bitch.”

Jason holds up his hands in the air. They start close together, but then he moves them apart, mimicking a big billboard marquee.

Jason: “Jet City, making their debut to take on the self-proclaimed ‘Greatest SCW Tag Team Champions Ever’ at High Stakes.”

He drops his hands and the two enjoy a good laugh.

Kris: “True story. I was in such disbelief that it came out of your mouth that I had to have it read back to me to check it for accuracy.”

Jason: “The fact that you two make such a bold claim, given the circumstances, is laughable. You have not held the titles for any significant amount of time. You have not defended them against anyone at all, let alone anyone intimidating. You won them from a team that evaporated the moment that they lost the titles. To top it off, you expect people to actually commend you. How can you expect us to believe that a team that bailed right after, actually gave you anything close to all they had in that fight?”

Kris interjects with the truth, as they see it.

Kris: “You two were given an early Christmas present from a couple of guys that wanted to unload the straps. You were just the first in the queue when the time came.”

Jason: “The difference is, that kind of thing only happens once in a lifetime, not twice in a year. We are not going to do you any favors. We are not looking to get into this division for just a single night. Last time I joined a company, I took a title that nobody had defended more than twice, and held it exponentially longer, and defended it multiple times more than anyone before, or after me. That is the story that Jet City is about to write into the SCW tag team title history.”

The way that they transition between which one of them is talking is seamless, but does not sound over-rehearsed. As soon as one of them stops, the other immediately launches into a continuation of the verbal assault.

Kris: “We are not going to foolishly claim to be anything that we have not earned. We haven’t been in a title match as a tag team, let alone won one. What we have had is a handful of matches as a team, where we worked out the kinks and never suffered a loss. From the sounds of it, the record for The Elders doesn’t have such a favorable win/loss ratio.”

Jason allows the quick jab to hang in the air for a second before he takes over.

Jason: “What does all of that mean? Not a goddamn thing! We may never have lost as a team, but we haven’t done anything great. The Elders may have beaten a lot of teams here in SCW, but that list does not include us. Our records, history, accomplishments, and problems as individuals, and as a team, have no impact on this match. It is all just background noise. The same way that The Elders running through tag teams in SCW before now means absolutely nothing to us. You are the tag team champions at what can only be described as a low point in the SCW tag team scene. You have said it yourselves. You need fresh faces. We are the fresh faces.”

Kris holds up both hands in innocence and tries to walk back a little of the hurtfulness of Jason’s comments.

Kris: “We are not trying to take anything away from your title reign. You have done something that we never have. That would be impressive, except for we have never had the opportunity before now. You beat a great team to get those titles, but a great team on the way out is hardly something to brag about. You have beaten all the competition, but you have blatantly said that you were refreshed by us showing up and injecting some real competition into a stagnant division.”

Jason: “Your current situation works to contradict everything that you say. In forty-eight hours, one of two things is going to happen. You could go on to validate your title reign with a win over a fresh team. You do that, and you take a step towards maybe becoming one of the best teams that SCW has ever seen.”

As usual, Jason brings the positive only for Kris to deliver the negative.

Kris: “Or you are going to lose, and your greatest contribution to SCW is going to be the awesome jokes that we lay out in our promo next week as the new SCW Tag Team Champions. Believe me, it’s true, we have already been writing them….”

Jason reaches out and slaps Kris for giving away too much.

Jason: “You say that the pressure is on us to prove ourselves. You could not be more wrong. See, as the new team on the block, not having wrestled a match in the last six months, going against the tag team champions, we have no chance…. On paper.”

Kris: “We are unproven, rusty, and as new as we could possibly be. How embarrassing would it be for you to lose to us?”

The two now wear almost identical smiles, that grow wider with each passing comment.

Jason: “On the other hand, when we beat you, you look incredibly silly. All of those things about running the division become punchlines. Your names in history become a placeholder between teams that actually mean something. The things we said about The Elders beating a team on the way out, become fact, not opinion. You will go down as a team that dropped the titles without having the ability to defend them, at a time where the tag team division was at its weakest point. When you two lose those titles Sunday, you lose everything.”

They both look at each other, nodding before staring back into the camera.

Kris: “And when we win, we hit the ground running and become the team that is going to lead this division out of the dark times and back into the spotlight.”

Jason laughs.

Jason: “Strap in guys. We are taking SCW for a ride.”

Kris holds out a closed fist to his brother, the smug look on his face telling everyone what he is going to say before he says it.

Kris: “Jet.”

Jason hits his brother’s closed fist with his own.

Jason: “City.”

80
Supercard Archives / ELDERS (c) v KRIS & JASON HALC
« on: November 10, 2016, 02:10:28 PM »
 The scene opens with a small auditorium, almost full to capacity. Most of the chairs in front of the stage are filled with fans, with only the front row filled with individuals in suits, and carrying legal pads to write down comments. The house lights start to dim, and stage lights come up, shining light on the two podiums that are on the stage. Through the PA system of the room crackles a little, and then the booming voice of Jason Halich, giving his best impression of an action movie voice over guy comes through.

Jason: “Ladies and gentlemen, boys and girls, bitches and hoes, crackers and dark chocolates, and anyone in between….”

The sound of a slap can be heard through the speakers, followed by the sound of a scuffle. The microphone being used makes the shuffling sound of two people fighting over it; before Jason’s poor impression is replaced by Kris’ attempt.

Kris: “In two weeks’ time, our heroes, the dynamic duo known as Jet City, will step into the Galen Center, in beautiful Los Angeles, California to challenge Jon “Pillsbury” Dough and Eyesnsane for the SCW Tag Team Championships...”

The microphone again changes hands, and Kris’ voice is replaced with Jason’s.

Jason: “So… without further ado, we give you, the multi-time world champion “Jack of Hearts” Jason Halich, and the semi-successf---”

Much like the first time the microphone changed hands, Jason’s voice cuts off and there seems to be a struggle. Kris again wins the battle, and with it, the ability to introduce himself.

Kris: “The former SCW Internet Champion and the only half of the team to actually win an SCW match in his career! He is “The Accident” Kris Halich!”

The two voices join together now, on the same page for just a single moment.

Jason & Kris: “WE ARE!”

The fans in attendance know this part, and chime in at the same time as Kris goes solo with their own animated screams.

Kris: “Jet!”

Following that, the deeper voice of the older brother joins the fans for the next line.

Jason: “City!”

The two brothers step out from behind the curtain at the back of the stage, each accompanied by their significant others. Kris is dressed in a ridiculous zebra striped suit and bowtie, but the smile on his face and “Queen’s wave” shows that the wardrobe choice was entirely intentionally insane. Jason’s was equally bizarre, coming out in a Leopard print suit that severely clashes with absolutely everything in the room. However, the eyes of most everyone in the room zeroed in on the two women, half expecting them to be dressed as eye candy, and seeming entirely confused to see them dressed in jeans and matching black hoodies, of which Heather’s reads “Jet!” and Jules’ reads “City”, matching them to the brother that they accompany. The four of them pause on the stage, for photos that everyone in attendance struggles to steady their cameras to take. The laughter in the room is exactly what the duo had been hoping for. The two women depart the stage, taking seats at a table, with their backs to the crowd. Two cameras are set up behind them, and are linked to two screens behind the podiums. Jason and Kris both move to the one on the left side of the stage, whereas the one on the right stays empty.

Jason: “First of all we would like to apologize on behalf of our opponents, The Members of the Elders. They extend their apologies for not being able to attend this afternoon.”

Kris leans into the microphone, and clarifies his brother’s statement.

Kris: “Of course, it is probably our fault for forgetting to invite them until two minutes ago.”

Jason kind of gives his brother a shove out of the way, to take control over the microphone again, extending further clarification.

Jason: “Via text message…”

It is Kris’ turn to return the shove, and he finishes the statement, delivering the punchline that actually draws the laugh they were setting up from the crowd.

Kris: “And to be honest we turned off our phones after, so we are totally not even sure if they responded, nor do we actually care. See, we have gathered here today to--”

Jason bumps Kris away from the microphone in mid-sentence, but picks up exactly where his brother left off.

Jason: “...to talk to all of you about the state of Jet City. It was just two weeks ago when I called my younger brother, and convinced him to come out of his early, pathetic excuse for retirement in order to do one thing.”

Kris does not even try to hide the shove, nor do so nicely, as he jabs both of his hands into his brother’s near side shoulder and chest, sending him off balance and back a few feet, away from the podium.

Kris: “What my brother is trying say is that he was finally considering leaving his house after a couple of years of self-pity and depression, but realized he was much too old to mount a comeback all by himself. Instead, he knew that the only way that he was going to be a success was to find a young, talented, able-bodied…”

Jason now returns the shove from his brother with equal force, but being that he was the larger and taller of the two, doing so sends Kris stumbling to the center of the stage, and he falls down to a single knee. He gets up, irate, and points a finger at his brother.

Kris: “You are a spotlight stealing dick!”

Jason steps away from the podium and comes face-to-face with his brother, the two now screaming, without need for a microphone for the entire room full of people to understand them.

Jason: “To say you are talented is an insult to talented people like me!”

Kris was not one to back down from a fight though.

Kris: “Talented like never having defended any of the handfuls of titles you ever won!”

Jason gasps, but at this point the people in attendance can tell that the fight is totally staged, as Jason issues Kris an open-handed slap that does not connect at all, yet the resounding sound is heard as Kris claps his hands and turns away.

Jason: “At least I can say that I have won more than one, and even at that, more prestigious than an ‘Internet Championship’ whatever that is.”

Kris returns an equally fake slap, and Jason falls back into the podium. Kris brushes the front of his suit off and takes a step towards the podium.

Kris: “Well there is only one way to settle all of this!”

He reaches out to the Jet City sign and rips it in half, before sticking the “City” sign back to the podium. He takes a few steps away, removing the sign for The Members of the Elders, and sticking the “Jet” half of the sign to the podium, gaining wide cheers from the fans.

Jason: “We will just have to see about that!”

The crowd is applauding both men for the show, but Kris and Jason ignore them, their words coming through microphones.

Kris: “Oh, we’ll see!”

Jason nods in agreement, but refuses to let his brother to get the last word.

Jason: “I guess the only thing left to do, is see!”

Finally, both women behind the moderator’s table speak into their microphones at the same time, yelling at their respective brother in unison.

Heather & Jules: “Shut up!”

Almost as if being yelled at by angry parents, both men slam their mouths shut and look down at the podiums. The two girls look at each other smiling, and chatter back and forth with one another about how awesome it was that they were almost perfectly harmonized in their command. Both brothers, look up from the podium slightly, only raising their heads high enough so that their eyes can meet the gaze of the women in front of them.

Jason & Kris: “Sorry….”

They sounded exceptionally melancholy, and at least half of the members of the crowd seem to legitimately buy their apology. Jules and Heather talk over what they are going to do in order to get the event back on track, before agreeing on the order of questions. Jules turns to her microphone, while Heather sits back in her chair slightly.

Jules: “The first question of the night is for Jason and comes from…”

She points behind her, to the crowd, without turning to actually locate the individual she references.

Jules: “One of those guys… Jason, with your brother’s long history in the company, none of it being particularly positive, why would you bother trusting that he is going to be able to pull himself together long enough to get the job done at High Stakes against two men that only won the titles a little more than two weeks ago.”

Jason smiles widely, and nods to Jules in approval of her perfect delivery of the question.

Jason: “I can answer that question in three short, easy-to-follow points. Firstly, I would like to thank you for your question and say that despite the lack of revealing clothing you decided to wear this evening, you look absolutely delicious. Secondly, there are only two people in this world that are capable of keeping my brother in line, and only one of them has a penis… I think.”

He looks back and forth between Kris and Heather for confirmation, and both give him a subtle nod.

Jason: “That individual is me. I have taken care of this man child for all 27 years of his life, and will likely continue to do so long after we leave this business. If anyone can get the best of the best out of him inside a ring, that person is me. Finally, the team of Jet City is not completely new. Before we both left the business for a while, we competed in a couple of tag team matches in small promotions, and we have yet to lose a match as a team. I think that makes us more than capable of handling a team that is fresh into their championship run.”

The response gathers light applause from the audience that dies out pretty quickly. Heather does not allow time to be wasted before getting to the next question.

Heather: “Our next question comes to us from the user @DefinitelyNotKrisMakingUpFakeQuestions on Twitter, which seems like an unnaturally long, but legitimate, Twitter handle. The question reads: Kris, it is a widely known fact that your brother is, indeed, old as shit. Are you concerned that maybe he has lost a step, or could possibly break a hip during your match?”

This time the crowd becomes a little more unhinged as Jason glares across the stage at Kris. He holds up his index finger, and mouths the words, “That is one” to Kris before the younger brother even attempts to answer the question. Once he starts though, it is obvious that he is going to take a much different approach than his brother.

Kris: “I could take the diplomatic approach and go step by step, and lay out some bullshit pretty language in an attempt to only partially answer the question. The problem is, I am not a politician, and that seems like a lot of wasted effort. What I can say is my brother is by no means past his prime. Granted, he is a little older, and a little slower than I am when it comes to getting around the ring, but he is more than talented enough, and his technical skills are sharp enough, that things like that do not put the team at a disadvantage. When we need to take the tempo up a notch that is when I catch the tag and get things moving. When we need to catch a breath and start dismantling body parts, we put let the veteran do his thing. Tag teams are about balance, and we have that pretty much down to a science.”

Again, a light bit of applause comes from the crowd, slightly more powerful than the response given to Jason’s answer. Kris taunts his brother by licking the end of his index finger before drawing a tally mark in the air, giving himself the first round win. Jules makes sure that his celebrating is only momentary though, turning the attention back to Jason.

Jules: “Jason, you are making a debut in SCW, in a title match no less. How are you handling the added pressure involved in not having a few matches to get your form back before being thrown into the fire?”

Kris rests both of his elbows on the podium, and rests his chin in the palms of his hands, his fingers outstretched onto his cheeks and tapping lightly. His eyes widen, and he stares at his brother in a way that makes everyone a little uncomfortable, in an attempt to throw him off his game.

Jason: “Now, I do not expect everyone here today, or even everyone watching SCW programming to be familiar with my history. In addition, it would be uncharacteristically cocky of me to name specific names and times of accomplishments from my past. However, what I will say is that this is not the first time that I will be stepping into a company for a first time, and competing for a title when the bell rings. Four years ago, I did just that, and I walked out victorious. From that moment, I went on to hold that title for longer than anyone before or after me, and defend it more times than anyone in company history. My asshole tag team partner made mention, incorrectly, that I had never successfully defended any of my previous championships, so I am happy to have been afforded the opportunity to correct the error. We can hardly judge him though, as substance abuse has destroyed most of his memory.”

The fans do not applaud or cheer this time. Instead, most collectively yells out “Ohhh!!!” in response to the dig at Kris. The younger of the two brothers sits up from the podium, and the buffoonery has faded from his expression. It is his turn to point at his brother, and then hold up an index finger, signifying that the comment was his brother’s first strike, making them even. He turns the glare from Jason to Heather, who speaks up with the next question.

Heather: “Kris, you have had success in SCW, but never at High Stakes events. In fact, you have never even had a match at the venue, despite appearing. In fact, it could be argued that, for the majority of all of the time you have spent in SCW, you have not done anything noteworthy. In your first few runs, you attempted, and were unsuccessful in winning the Roulette Championship. Finally, you won the Internet Championship, but lost it a short time later and then left the company citing hatred of the travel schedule. As a man with a wife, child, and child on the way, is it really worth it to return now?”

Jason holds his hand over his mouth to cover the fact that his jaw dropped open in response to the question. Kris looks absolutely dumbfounded, and attempts to form an answer, before shaking the question off momentarily.

Kris: “May I ask who sent in this question?”

Heather shakes her head nonchalantly.

Heather: “You may not.”

Jason actually has to turn away from the cameras to hide his laughter at the exchange between husband and wife. Both brothers focus on Jules, who leans back in her seat a little, and points a finger of blame at Heather, hoping the woman did not see her do so. Kris’ eyes dart back and forth across the stage, trying to put together an answer to a question that they had clearly not planned for. He looks up at Heather, who gives him nothing but a blank stare, that she internally struggles to maintain, but it does not outwardly show.

Kris: “In all honesty, I do not think that my personal life is--”

Jason finally manages to regain his composure and learns into the microphone, joining the attack on his brother by cutting him off.  

Jason: “Do not pussy out, man! The fans deserve an answer to the hard hitting questions!”

Kris opens and closes his mouth a few times, looking from Heather, to his podium, and then to Jason. He holds up two fingers to his brother now, signifying a second strike, and increased frustration.

Kris: “When I left this company the last time, I did not have anyone in my life that was important enough to bounce decisions of this magnitude off of. I was impulsive and reckless in everything that I did. Because of that, my win/loss record is not great. I would show up under the influence of substance. Even when I was sober, I would phone in my performances in order to simply collect a paycheck and leave. I was not serious about this career choice, I just wanted the money. The problems that I had, at the time, made traveling around the world inconvenient. As I have mentioned, more than once, I have come back now to make those things up to this company, the people on the roster, and the fans, all of whom deserved better. However, if anyone thinks that I did so without speaking to both the mother of my child and my beautiful, pregnant wife, then they are surely mistaken. I would not be standing on this stage without her blessing and support.”

The fan reaction to this answer is unmistakably the loudest thus far in debate. Kris comes out from behind the podium and actually leaps off of the stage, planting a kiss on his wife’s cheek and taking a bow before the crowd who seem pleased at the way he dug himself out of a pretty deep hole. Jason even puts his hands together, and gives his brother a congratulatory nod. Upon reaching his podium again, Kris holds his hand out to the crowd, waving for them to quiet down so the event can move on. Once they do, Jules clears her throat, and get Jason’s attention.

Jules: “Jason, while your brother’s personal battles have always been in the public eye, yours have never been addressed by the media. You have left this business a handful of times as well. The ways that you have done so have not exactly been any better than your brother. For instance, you once faked a car accident in order to get out of a contract. You suffered tragedy in your personal life which led to stepping away for a couple of years. Most recently, you started a company, which failed miserably, and you left the public eye to avoid association with now incarcerated members of the company. Can anybody actually trust that you are here for the long run, being that you do not have the same motivation for redemption that your brother does?”
It is Kris’ turn to cover his mouth, and Jason’s turn to be blindsided. He raises his left hand to his chest and exhales heavily, acting as if he was stabbed by her words. He is able to downplay his shock a lot better than his brother was, and finds an answer a lot more quickly as well.

Jason: “I do not have the motivation to fix my mistakes, because I simply do not make mistakes when it comes to this business.”

Jason pauses for a second, allowing the confidence in his words to sink it. It does not get the chance though, as Kris interjects.

Kris: “Bullshit!”

Kris tries to cover the accusation as a cough, and even goes as far as to slap his chest a few times with one hand while covering his mouth with the other. He shakes his head and tries to brush it off as nothing.

Kris: “I am so sorry. I had a tickle in the back of my throat… or something.”

Jason tries to set his brother on fire with his gaze and is disappointed when Kris does not burst into flames. Instead, he settles for holding up two fingers and then pointing at his brother, making them even once again. He turns his gaze away from Kris and back to the crowd, not allowing the distraction to derail his answer.

Jason: “The car wreck happened, but was exaggerated to get myself and my fiancée at the time out of our contracts. I experienced the death of my daughter shortly after, and that derailed any thoughts of a comeback. Then, I invested my money in a project with a tone of potential, only to have a thug and criminal show his true colors when it was found that he was manipulating everything in front of, and behind the cameras in order to benefit himself. In all of those situations, leaving the public eye was for the best. For one reason or another, it needed to be done. Whether that was to pursue a relationship, grieve for the loss of a child, or distance myself from a criminal investigation, it needed to be done. Now that all of those situations are resolved, I am back to do the thing I want to do most in the world. If something important enough comes along, would it create an issue? Maybe. I refuse to promise more than I can deliver. What I can say is, I do not foresee it happening, and I think SCW is stuck with me for a long time.”

Jason waits for some kind of applause to radiate through the crowd, but gets a complete lack of response. The individuals in the front row of the auditorium are scribbling down notes on their pads of paper, now that a legitimate question had been asked. Heather turned slightly in her chair, not wanting to infringe on them getting the information down, but not wanting to hold up the show.

Heather: “Kris, I think we can all agree that we have asked some hard hitting questions, but mostly have chosen to keep it light. What we have not yet brought up, is the subject of The Members of the Elders, or at least not directly. Do you have a message you want to relay to them?”

Kris nods a few times, and brushes his index finger across his bottom lip, trying to organize his thoughts.

Kris: “I think that I can say a few words, sure. All joking and whatnot aside, these two are probably pretty formidable. The Doughboy is a three time tag team champion, and I am pretty sure that is with three different partners. In everything that I have seen, the guy probably forgotten more about technical wrestling than I will ever spend time learning. Granted, I have an excuse now. I wouldn’t want to step on Jason’s toes or turn our match into a constant one-up battle. Our style works because we are so very different. Eyesnsane just had a parking lot brawl match. Now, the dude may have not walked out of it with a victory, but he also did not get his ass handed to him. The guy held his own in the match, and quite honestly fights a lot like me. So we have equal match ups, regardless of which of our opponents is legal. On the other hand, I think that the opposite is also true, and that we have the advantage in the mismatches. One thing is certain though, as good as Dough might be in tag team situations, with a handful of partners, my brother and I have been working and training together since we were teenagers. I think that gives us an edge.”

There is light chatter about Kris’ comments in the crowd, and the two brothers share a glance at each other, nodding. Jason leans forward into his microphone and asks Jules a question for once.

Jason: “I have something that I would like to add, if possible? Unless you had another question.”

Jules: “Well I did have another question, but it was exactly the same one we asked Kris, so go ahead.”

Jason rubs his palms together over top of the podium, and then pulls his microphone off of the podium, holding it up to his lips. He steps around to center stage, and looks out to the crowd.

Jason: “In the spirit of total transparency, I think we can all agree that this whole shtick up here was meant to be more fun and light spirited than anything else. Sure, our significant others have tossed to hard questions at us, but even our responses and efforts have been to keep you guys entertained. Mr. Pillsbury, Jon Dough, seems to have a similar outlook on his craft. He is good at what he does, but wins and losses do not matter to him. Eyesnsane, I am not entirely sure about. There is significantly less information about him available to us, or maybe I am just not digging deep enough. The main thing that I want to get across is that despite the way that we have acted, The Members of the Elders should not make the mistake of thinking that we are taking this whole thing lightly. We are very serious about this match, and every other one that we are going to be involved in with this company. We do not come in, and do things halfway.”

Jason pauses and turns to his brother, to mimics him in ripping the microphone off of the stand and coming to the center of the stage.

Kris: “I have echoed the same kind of statement every time I have spoken about a return. I understand that I am notoriously flakey and unfocused so maybe when the words come out of my mouth; everyone blows them off, which is the reason that I am going to have to keep repeating them over and over again. I care about people putting on a great show. I care about the product. I care about proving myself. Not very many people know, given my brother’s level of success as compared to my own, but this was never his dream or his goal. This was never his plan. This life was something that I wanted since before I was old enough to make it a reality. I wanted to be the one in training every day, and he got dragged along for the ride. When I went down a bad path, he kept pushing to keep that dream alive for me. Now we are here, together, so that I can take it back for myself.”

Jason shakes his head and dismisses the last part of what his brother says.

Jason: “You have a lot more work before you climb out of my shadow. You may have been the one to conceive the idea, but I made it the reality that we live in today.”

Kris: “I think that---”

Jason reaches over and slaps the top of the microphone, which forces it to slide out of Kris’ hand.

Jason: “Nobody cares!”

It hits the stage hard, and then rolls forward before falling off of the stage and onto the moderators’ table. Jules quickly scoops it up, and pulls it close to her chest, shaking her head and denying Kris when he asks for it back.

Jason: “The path that we are going to carve through SCW is not one of individual notoriety or accomplishment. Jet City is not some partnership to arbitrarily be thrown away when we feel it is time to rise above the group and make a run as individuals. We have done that. We have been champions in the past. The thing that we have never done, but the thing that we are going to do in a little over a week, is win a championship together. SCW has given us the opportunity to do just that. We are not going to let them down. You may not exactly be cheering for us, often times you will probably boo us, but one thing that will never be, is bored by us.”

The people in the crowd actually start to rise up out of their chairs, in applause. Kris takes an exaggerated bow in gratitude at the ovation, and holds his hand out for Jason to hand him the microphone. Jason turns it over, waving to everyone in the crowd.

Kris: “Now we just have a couple of things we have to do before getting out of here, and if we could have your help doing so it would make us so very happy, what do you say?”

Crowd: “Let’s do this!”

They have prompted them to do deliver the line more than a handful of times before. Jason takes a step closer to his brother and puts his arm around his shoulders so that they can both speak into the microphone at the same time.

Kris & Jason: “WE ARE!”

Kris lowers the microphone and they separate. They move to opposite sides of the stage and yell out, accompanied by the crowd.

Kris: “JET!”

Jason: “CITY!”

Kris tosses the microphone underhanded to his brother, who raises it without hesitation. Almost instinctively, the fans quiet, knowing the event is coming to an end and knowing exactly what the next words out of Jason’s mouth are going to be.

Jason: “And for any of you that are fans of The Members of the Elders, you might want to go ahead and phone a ride home for them from the Galen Center, because they are going to need it.”

He tosses the microphone back to his brother, who holds it up.

Kris: “Someone call the ambulance! There’s gonna be an Accident!”

Pages: 1 2 3 [4] 5